S.E 19 Pat Pyqs Set 2
S.E 19 Pat Pyqs Set 2
S.E 19 Pat Pyqs Set 2
Q1) a) Enlist various types of fixtures for doors and explain anyone with a
neat sketch. [6]
b) State the types of flat terraced roofing and explain any one of them.[6]
c) Explain in brief, the following: [6]
i) Timber Linter
ii) Stone lintel
OR
Q2) a) Draw a neat labeled sketch of semicircular - arch and show: [6]
i) Key stone
ii) Crown
iii) Springing line
b) Enlist any four types of floor finishes and explain mosaic flooring.[6]
c) Explain swing door with the help of a sketch. [6]
Q3) a) Enlist various types of residential buildings and explain any one in
detail. [6]
b) Explain steps for design of dog legged staircase. [6]
c) Write a short note on rating system for green building. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the fundamental requirements of residential building? [6]
b) What do you understand by Leadership in Energy and Environmental
desing (LEED)? [6]
c) What are the salient features of Green Building? [5]
Q7) a) Write a short note on land use zoning and mention the requirements of
each. [6]
b) Compare fire resisting properties of concrete and stone. [6]
c) Explain with sketches, wind and stack effect. [5]
OR
Q8) a) What do you understand by RERA Act? [6]
b) What are the considerations for natural lighting in a residential building?
[6]
c) Explain with a neat diagram winter air conditioning. [5]
[5925]-201 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) A ‘T’ beam, subjected to shear force of 200 kN. The flange is
200 mm × 30 mm and the web is 30 mm thick and 180 mm deep. Draw
shear stress distribution diagram. [9]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A solid circular shaft of diameter 90 mm rotates at 130 rpm. The twist is
observed as 3º over 6 m span. [9]
Determine power transmitted.
Take G = 80 GPa.
b) Determine normal, tangential and resultant stresses on a plane at 25º
with major principal plane. The principal stresses of 120 MPa tensile on
major principal plane and 50 MPa compressive on minor principal plane
are acting at a point on the member. [8]
OR
Q4) a) A solid circular shaft transmits 220 kW at 160 rpm. The maximum
allowable shear stress is 60 MPa and angle of twist permitted is 2º in 3m
length. Design suitable shaft. Take G = 78 GPa. [9]
b) A circular bar of diameter 80 mm diameter is subjected to axial
compression force of 200 kN. Determine shear stress on a plane, on
which the normal stress is 100 MPa. [8]
Q5) a) Compare the crippling loads given by Euler’s and Rankine’s formulae
for a steel strut 2.5 m long having outer & inner diameter as 40 mm and
30 mm respectively loaded through pin jointed at the ends. Take yield
1
stress as 320 N/mm2 the Rankine’s constant , E = 2 × 105 MPa.
7500
[9]
b) Explain ‘Core of the Section’ and obtain a core section for a hollow
circular column of external and internal diameter ‘D’ and ‘d’ respectively.
[9]
OR
Q6) a) A steel rod 6m long and 30 mm diameter is used as a column. One end
is fixed and other is free. Determine the crippling load by Euler’s formula.
Take E = 200 GPa. [9]
b) A rectangular column of 240 mm × 150 mm is subjected to a vertical
load of 110 kN, acting at an eccentricity of 60 mm in a plane bisecting
150 mm side. Determine the maximum and minimum stresses. [9]
[5925]-202 2
Q7) a) The beam is supported and loaded as shown in figure. Determine the
position and value of Maximum deflection EI = 1.4 × 1011 kN-mm2.
Use Macauly’s method. [9]
b) Determine the vertical and horizontal deflection at point ‘C’ for the
truss shown below. [8]
E = 200 GPa A = 2 × 10–4 m2 for all members.
OR
Q8) a) Find slope at supports and at point ‘C’, deflection at ‘C’ and ‘D’ for
the given beam using Macaulay’s method. [9]
b) Determine the deflection and slope at the free end of cantilever beam of
span ‘l’ m, loaded with central point load ‘w’ kN. [8]
E 1 is constant.
[5925]-202 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1181 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-203
S.E. (Civil)
FLUID MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (201003)
Q1) a) A 1:15 model of a flying boat is towed though water. The prototype is
moving in seawater of density 1025kg/m3 at velocity of 21 m/s. Find the
corresponding speed of the model. Also, determine the resistance due to
waves on model if the resistance due to waves of the prototype is 610N.
[9]
b) Explain the phenomenon of Boundary Layer Separation and Methods to
control to it. [8]
OR
Q2) a) The resisting force R of a supersonic plane during the flight can be
considered as dependent upon the length of the aircaft l, velocity V, air
viscosity μ, air density ρ, and bulk modulus of air K. Express the
functional relationship between these variables and the resisting force.
Use Buckingham’s Π Method [9]
b) Explain with the help of neat sketch [8]
i) Laminar boundary layer
ii) Turbulent boundary layer
iii) Laminar Sub-layer.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A pipe of 110 mm diameter is carrying water. If the velocities at the pipe
center and 30 mm from the pipe centre are 2.1 m/s and 1.6 m/s
respectively and flow in the pipe is turbulent. Calculate the shear friction
velocity and wall shearing stress. [9]
b) Derive with usual notations the following Darcy-Weisbach equation for
the loss of energy due to friction. [8]
4. f .LV 2
hf =
2.g .D
OR
Q4) a) A fluid of viscosity 8 poise and specific gravity 1.2 is flowing through a
circular pipe of diameter 100 mm. The maximum shear stress at the pipe
wall is 211 N/m2. Find: [9]
i) The pressure gradient,
ii) The average velocity, and
iii) Reynolds number of the flow
b) Explain the procedure of Hardy Cross method for the analysis of pipe
network. [8]
[5925]-203 2
b) i) Explain the Specific energy curve with neat sketch. [5]
ii) Find the rate of flow of water through a V-shaped channel as shown
in Figure 6 b. Take the value of C=56 and slope of the bed 1 in 2000.
[4]
Q7) a) A metallic ball of diameter 2×10–3 m drops in a fluid of sp. gr. 0.96
and viscosity 15 poise. The density of the metallic ball is 12000 kg/
m3. Find: [10]
i) The drag force exerted by fluid on metallic ball,
ii) The pressure drag and skin friction drag, and
iii) The terminal velocity of ball in fluid.
b) Explain Classification of channel bottom slopes with neat sketches. [8]
OR
Q8) a) A rectangular channel is 20 m wide and carries a discharge of 65 m3/s. It
is laid at a slope of 0.0001. At a certain section along the channel length,
the depth of flow is 2m. How far U/S or D/S will the depth be 2.6m?
Take n=0.02. Use direct step method with three steps. Consider the depth
increment in the interval of 0.1m. Classify and sketch the profile. [10]
b) A flat plate 1.5 m×1.5 m moves at 51 m/hr in stationary air of density
1.16 kg/m3. If the co-efficient of drag and lift are 0.16 and 0.76
respectively, determine: [8]
i) The lift force,
ii) The drag force
iii) The resultant force, and
iv) The power required to keep the plate in motion.
[5925]-203 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
PA-1182 [Total No. of Pages : 7
[5925]-204
S.E. (Civil)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (207001)
x 1 y 2 z 3
is
2 1 5
iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ iˆ 2 ˆj 5kˆ
i) ii)
14 30
P.T.O.
c) Let X B 7,1 3 be the Binomial distribution with parameters n = 7 and p
= 1/3. Then p x 2 p x 5 is [2]
d) If vector field F x 3 y iˆ y 2 z ˆj x mz kˆ is solenoidal the value of
m is [2]
i) –2 ii) 3
iii) 2 iv) 0
e) Using Stoke’s theorem
c
F dr where F ˆˆ zkˆ over the cube
xyiˆ yzj
whose side is a and it’s face in XOY - plane is missing is equal to [2]
i) 0 ii) y dxdy
R
u 2u
f) Most general solution of is [2]
t x 2
[5925]-204 2
Q2) a) A computer while calculating carrelation coefficient between two variables
X and Y from 25 pairs of observations obtained the following results :
Later it was discovered that the values (X, Y) = (8, 12) was copied as
(6, 14) and the value (8, 6) was copied as (6, 8). Obtain the correct value
of the correlation coefficient. [5]
b) In a normal distribution 31% of the items are under 45 and 8% are above
64. Find the mean and standard deviation of the distribution. Take Area
(0 < z <1.4) = 0.42 and Area (0 < z < 0.5) = 0.19 where z is the standard
normal variate. [5]
# defects : 0 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency : 6 13 13 8 4 3
OR
[5925]-204 3
Q3) a) Two examiners A and B award marks to seven students as follows:
Roll No. : R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7
Marks (A) : 40 44 28 30 44 36 30
Marks (B) : 32 39 26 30 28 34 28
Q4) a) Find the angle between the tangents to the curve [5]
x t, y t2, z t3 at t =1 and t = –1
b) If F1 y z iˆ z x ˆj x y kˆ and F2 x 2 yz iˆ y 2 zx ˆj z 2 xy kˆ
then show that F1 F2 is solenoidal. [5]
OR
[5925]-204 4
Q5) a) Find the directional derivative of x y y z 2 at the point (1, –1, 1)
to wards point (2, 1, 2). [5]
ii) a. r a
c) Show that F xy 2 xz 2 ˆi yx 2 yz 2 ˆj zx 2 zy 2 kˆ is irrotational. Find
scalar such that F . [5]
Q6) a) Evaluate F dr along the straight line joining points (0, 0, 0) and (2, 1, 3)
c
b) Evaluate xi yj zk ds
S
over the surface of sphere x 2 y 2 z 2 1 [5]
OR
[5925]-204 5
2x y 2 dx x 2 y 2 dy where ‘C’ is
2
Q7) a) Use Green’s theorem to evaluate
c
Q8) a) A string stretched and fastened between two points L a part. Motion is
x
started by displacing the string in the form y = a sin from which it is
L
released at time t = 0. Find the displacement y x, t . [8]
y 2u
b) Solve the one dimensional heat equation k 2 subject to conditions.
t x
i) u is finite t.
ii) u (0, t) = 0,
iii) u( , t) = 0,
OR
[5925]-204 6
Q9) a) A tightly stretched string with fixed ends x = 0 and x = l is initially at rest
in its equilibrium position is set to vibration by giving each point a velocity
3x(l – x) for 0 < x < l. Find the displacement y(x, t) at any time t. [8]
[5925]-204 7
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1183 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-205
S.E. (Civil Engineering)
ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (207009)
Q3) a) What is the effects of faulting and their significance in civil engineering.[6]
b) Describe the application of remote sensing in civil engg. [6]
c) Describe photo interpretation elements of aerial photographs. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail the importance of preliminary geological exploration in
civil engineering projects. [6]
b) Write an applications of GIS in civil engg. [6]
c) Explain any three methods of subsurface investigation. [6]
P.T.O.
Q6) a) A site is proposed for excavation of tunnel is A-B and M-N, which is
passing through axis and limb region of fold respectively. Justify the
suitability of tunnel is such conditions. [6]
b) Explain with appropriate example the feasibility of dam alignment which
is crossing DYKE. [6]
c) Write a note on the dam located on folded geological structure. [6]
[5925]-205 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-206
S.E. (Civil)
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (201008)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat figures must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if required.
5) Use of non programmable scientjfic calculator is allowed.
P.T.O.
c) Two identical soil specimens were tested in a triaxial apparatus. First
specimen was failed at a deviator stress of 700 kN/m2 when the cell
pressure was 200 kN/m2. Second specimen was failed at a deviator stress
of 1300 kN/m2 when the cell pressure was 400 kN/m2. Determine cohesion
of soil and angle of internal friction of soil analytically. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Determine the shear strength in terms of effective stress on a plane within a
saturated soil mass at a point where the total normal stress is 200 kN/m2
and pore water pressure is 80 kN/m2. The shear strength parameters in
terms of effective stress are, c’ = 16 kN/m2 and ’ = 390. [6]
b) Explain how shear tests are conducted with different drainage conditions?
[5]
Q5) a) Explain earth pressure at rest, active earth pressure and passive earth
pressure w.r.t. wall movement with sketches. [6]
c) Derive the equation for lateral earth pressure in active state for dry
cohesionless backfill with uniform surcharge. [6]
OR
Q6) a) A wall with a smooth vertical back, 10 m high, supports a purely cohesive
soil with c = 9.81 kN/m2 and = 17.66 kN/m3. Determine total active
earth pressure against the wall and position of zero pressure before
formation of tension crack. [6]
c) Derive the expression for the active state of pressure at any point for a
submerged cohesionless backfill along with pressure diagram. [6]
[5925]-206 2
Q7) a) Explain with neat sketch different modes of slope failure. [6]
b) Discuss “Swedish Slip Circle Method” for stability analysis of finite
slope. [5]
c) Derive the expression for F.O.S. for dry infinite slope in sandy soil. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Illustrates causes and remedial measures of landslide. [6]
b) Discuss “Taylor’s Stability Number” for stability analysis of finite slope.
[5]
c) An infinite slope is made of clay with the following properties: [6]
sat = 18 kN/m3, ’ = 9 kN/m3, c’ = 25 kN/m2 and = 28°.
If the slope angle has an inclination of 350 and height equal to 12 m,
determine stability of slope. When,
i) The slope is submerged
ii) There is steady seepage parallel to slope.
[5925]-206 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1185 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]- 207
S.E. (Civil)
SURVEY
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester-IV)(201009)
Time :2½ Hours] [Maximum. Marks : 70
Instruction to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat sketches must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Use of cell phone is prohibited in examination hall.
Q1) a) Explain with sketch the fixed hair method of tacheometry, when line of
sight is inclined downward (depression) and staff is held vertical? [6]
[5925]-207 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) A tacheometer with analystic lens.Having the multiplying constant 100
was used and the following observations were made on staff held
vertical. [8]
Instrument H.I. (m) Vertical Staff at Staff Reading
station Angle
P 1.8 +2°40’ M 1.25,1.93,2.56
P 1.8 –4° 40’ Q 1.45,1.85,2.30
c) What are different types of curves, explain any one with sketch . [5]
OR
Q4) a) Two tangents intersects at a chain age of 150.5 m the intersection angle
150° calculate the following quantities for setting out all curves of radius
100m . [7]
Calculate.
Calculate.
i) Tangent length
ii) Length of long chord
iii) Length of the curve
iv) Chainage of Starting point and end point of curve
v) Apex Distance
vi) Versed sine of curve.
b) Enlist various linear methods of setting out curves and explain any one
with sketch. [5]
c) Draw compound curve with its components. [5]
[5925]-207 2
Q5) a) Enlist the limitations of the prevalent survey techniques and also give
advantages of Space Based positioning System? [6]
b) Write a note on setting out a building? [6]
c) Explain how the verticality of tall building is checked? [6]
OR
Q6) a) State Different names of satellites and Write a note on GLONASS (Global
Navigation and Surveying System). [6]
b) Write a short note on survey for drainage line work? [6]
c) Explain the how open traversing surveying work is conducted. [6]
Q7) a) What are different methods of sounding,State any one method in detail?
[5]
b) State the working principle and applications of total station? [6]
c) Differentiate between Terrestrial photogrammetry and Aerial
photogrammetry? [6]
OR
g g g
[5925]-207 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-208
S.E. (Civil)
CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (201010)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
5) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
6) If necessary assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
7) Use of IS codes 10262, 456 is not allowed
Q3) a) What do you mean by concrete mix design? What are the objectives in
mix design? [6]
b) Explain the factors affecting the concrete mix design. [5]
c) Explain DOE method of concrete mix design. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Using IS code method design a concrete for grade M35 for following
data : [13]
Parameter : Details
Grade designation : M35
Standard deviations : 5.00
Factor based on the grade of concrete. X : 6.50
Type of cement : OPC 53 grade
conforming to Is 8112
Workability : 75 mm(slump)
Exposure conditions Very severe(for RCC)
Degree of supervision : Good
Maximum cement content : 450 kg/m3
Type of aggregate : Angular coarse aggregate
Specific gravity of cement : 3.15
Specific gravity of coarse aggregate and fine : 2.70
aggregate
Water absorption of coarse aggregate : 0.50%
Water absorption of fine aggregate : 1.00%
Free surface moisture for coarse aggregate : Nil
Free surface moisture for fine aggregate : Nil
Sieve Analysis :
Coarse aggregate
Analysis of coarse Percentage of different fraction
IS Sieve aggregate fraction
(mm) I II I II Combined Remarks
(50 %) (50%) (100%)
20 100 100 50 50 100 Conforming
10 2.80 78.30 1.4 39.15 40.55 to table 7 of
4.75 0 8.70 0 4.35 4.35 IS 383
Fine aggregate : Conforming to grading Zone II of Table 9 of IS 383
Water content per m3 of concrete for 50mm slump :
Sr. Nominal maximum size of aggregate Maximum water content
No. (mm) (kg/m3)
i) 10 208
ii) 20 186
iii) 40 165
[5925]-208 2
Volume of coarse aggregate per unit volume of total aggregate for
water cement/water-cementitious material ratio of 0.30 :
Sr. Nominal maximum Volume of coarse aggregate per unit volume
No. size of aggregate of total aggregate for different zones of fine
(mm) aggregate
Zone III Zone II Zone I
i) 10 0.56 0.54 0.52
ii) 12.5 0.58 0.56 0.54
iii) 20 0.68 0.66 0.64
Approximate air content
Sr. Nominal maximum size of Entrapped air, as % of volum of
No. aggregate (mm) concrete
i) 10 1.0
ii) 12.5 0.8
iii) 20 0.5
Minimum cement content, maximum W/C and minimum grade of
concrete for different exposures with normal weight aggregates of
20 mm nominal maximum size :
Sr. Exposure Minimum cement Maximum Minimum grade of
No. content (kg/m3) W/C concrete
i) Mild 300 0.55 M20
ii) Moderate 300 0.50 M25
iii) Severe 320 0.45 M30
iv) Very severe 340 0.45 M35
v) Extreme 360 0.40 M40
Q5) a) Describe the types of vibrators used for compaction of concrete. [6]
b) What is light weight concrete? How it can be achieved in practice? [6]
c) Describe the cold and hot weather concreting. [6]
OR
[5925]-208 3
Q6) a) Write a short note on : [8]
Q7) a) Explain the durability of concrete? What effect the water- cement ratio
makes on durability? [5]
b) Write short note on [12]
i) Sulphate attack on concrete
ii) Chloride attack on concrete
iii) Carbonation of concrete
OR
Q8) a) What are the symptoms and diagnosis of distress of concrete? [5]
b) Explain in detail corrosion monitoring techniques of reinforcement and
preventive measures against corrosion. [6]
c) What do you meant by retrofitting of concrete and explain use of fiber
reinforced polymer concrete for retrofitting. [6]
[5925]-208 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1187 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[5925]-209
S.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (201011)
Q1) a) Analyze the beam shown in figure 1 by slope deflection method and
draw BMD. Assume uniform flexural rigidity. [12]
b) Find the rotation B (θB) for the beam with uniform flexural rigidity as
shown in figure 2. [6]
OR
[5925]-209 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) Analyse the frame shown in figure 3 by slope deflection method and
draw BMD. Assume uniform flexural rigidity. [12]
[5925]-209 2
Q4) a) Calculate final end moments for the frame shown in Fig. 6 by moment
distribution method and draw BMD. [12]
Q5) a) Write note on stiffness method and write elements of displacement matrix
for following figure. [6]
[5925]-209 3
b) Analyse the continuous beam ABCD as shown in Fig. 9 by stiffness
method and draw bending moment diagram. Assume uniform flexural
rigidity. [11]
OR
Q6) a) Explain degrees of freedom and stiffness. [6]
b) Analyse the bent shown in Fig.10 by stiffness method and draw bending
moment diagram. [11]
Q7) a) Define plastic hinge, load factor and shape factor. [6]
b) Calculate the collapse load Wu, for the beam shown in figure 11. [11]
OR
[5925]-209 4
Q8) a) Explain different collapse mechanisms in plastic analysis with diagram.[6]
[5925]-209 5
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1188 [5925]-210
[Total No. of Pages :3
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain resource allocation methods and their significance in manpower
planning. [2.5+2.5]
b) Following table shows the data of small construction project. [12]
Activity 1-2 2-3 2-4 3-5 4-5 5-6 5-7 6-7
Duration
(Days) 4 6 5 2 1 4 6 6
i) Draw the network diagram and update the network by using the
following conditions at the end of 8 days.
ii) What is the change in the project duration?
iii) What is remaining duration of project?
At the end of 8 days review was taken which indicates ____
1) Activity 1-2 & 2-4 was completed as originally planned.
2) Activity 2-3 & 3-5 delayed drastically and requires 5 & 6 more
days respectively for their completion.
3) Activity 4-5 & 5-6 is in progress and both require 10 more days for
their completion.
4) Activity 6-7 yet to start and the original time estimate still appear to
be accurate.
5) Activity 5-7 requires 8 days in place of 6 days for its completion.
OR
Q4) a) What do you mean by EVA? Explan any one method in detail [2+2]
b) The following is available information about various activities [13]
Activity Normal Normal cost Crash Crash cost
duration (Rs.) duration (Rs.)
(week) (week)
1-2 6 7000 3 14,500
1-3 8 4000 5 8,500
2-3 4 6000 1 9,000
2-4 5 8000 3 15,000
3-4 5 5000 3 11,000
Project overhead cost are Rs 3000/- per week.
Determine network diagram with CPM and optimum cost and duration.
OR
[5925]-210 2
Q6) a) Explain Concept of Cost of Capital & Time Value of Money. [3+3]
b) Mr. Vilas brough an air-conditioner for Rs. 20,000; he paid tax of
Rs. 2,000 and Rs. 200 for trnsport. If he sold it to a customer for
Rs. 22,500, what is the percentage profit or loss? [6]
c) Explain the following laws with suitable diagram. [3+3]
i) Law of demand and supply
ii) law of substitution
Q7) a) What are the different types of appraisals required to undertake any
Project? Explain any one in detail. [2+4]
OR
Q8) a) Following are the details of Project A and B. Using NPV (i=8%),
Comment on the following statements: [6]
i) Whether both projects are feasible?
ii) Whether both projects are not feasible?
iii) Either of the A or B is feasible?
Years Project A Project B
Initial Investment 4,00,000 4,50,000
1 1,20,000 1,40,000
2 1,25,000 1,45,000
3 78,000 76,000
4 80,000 65,000
5 75,000 60,000
6 - 90,000
[5925]-210 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
[5925]-211
S.E. (Electronics/E&TC) (Electronics & Computer)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (207005)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q.1 is compulsory.
2) Attempt Q2 or Q3, Q4 or Q5, Q6 or Q7, Q8 or Q9.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Write numerical calculations correct upto four decimal places.
Q1) Write the correct option for the following multiple choice questions :
i) The divergence of vector field
F 3 x 2 i 3 y 2 j 2 xzk at point (1,1,1) is [2]
a) 14 b) 2
c) 12 d) 8
ii) If f (x) = x2, h = 1, f (x) is given by [2]
a) –2 b) 1
c) 2 d) –1
z2 1
iii) The value of dz where C is | z | = 1, [2]
C
z 2
a) 0 b) 2i
i
c) 4i d)
2
P.T.O.
iv) By Gauss - Divergence theorem r
S
0
ˆ is equal to
nds [2]
1
a) 3 dv b) r 2
dv
v v
c) dv
v
d) 0
a) 2i b) i
c) 0 d) 1
[5925]-211 2
Q3) a) Given the table of square roots, calculate the value of 155 by Newton's
backward difference formula. [5]
x 150 152 154 156
1
dx 1
b) Evaluate 0 1 x 2 using Trapezoidal rule taking h = 4 . [5]
dy
c) Using fourth order Range-Kutta method, solve ( x y ), y (0) 1,
dx
to find y at x = 0.2 taking h = 0.2. [5]
Q4) a) Find angle between the normal to the surface xy = z2 at (1,4,2) and
(–3,–3,3). [5]
b a 2(a r )
b) Prove that b (a log r ) (b r ). [5]
r2 r4
[5925]-211 3
Q6) a) Apply Green's theorem to evaluate :
( x dx xydy )
2
( x i y j z 3k ) d s
3 3
( F ) nˆ ds
s
F (2 x y z ) i ( x y z 2 ) j (3 x 2 y 4 z )k . [5]
b) Using Gauss - Divergence Theorem, show that [5]
1 r
r
V
2
dV
S
r2
nˆ ds
( F ) d s
s
[5925]-211 4
1
Q8) a) If u = log (x2 + y2), find V such that f (z) = u + iv is analytic function.
2
Express f (z) in terms of z. [5]
ez
b) Use Cachy's integral formula to evaluate C z 2 dz where C is the circle
|z + 2| = 2. [5]
c) Find the bilinear transformation which maps the points 0,1,2 from z
1 1
plane on to the points 1, , of the W - plane. [5]
2 3
OR
Q9) a) Show that the analytic function f (z) with constant modulus is constant.
[5]
ez
b) Use residue theorem to evaluate dz where C is the contour
C
( z 1)( z 2)
1
|z + 1| = . [5]
2
1
c) Show that the transformation w = z + –2i maps the circle |z| = 2 into an
z
ellipse. Find centre, semi-major and semi-minor axes of ellipse [5]
[5925]-211 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1190 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-212
S.E. (E & TC/Electronics)
ELECTRONIC & CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (204181)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q3) a) List different configuration of differential amplifier and explain dual input
dual output in details? [7]
b) Define the characteristics of op-amp [6]
i) Input bias current
ii) Slew rate
iii) CMRR
c) Find the ‘Q’ point for a dual input balanced output differential amplifier
with RC = RE = 65 k. supply voltage used is ± 1s V. [4]
OR
[5925]-212 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the need of level shifting stage in op-amp. Explain any one circuit
for the same. [7]
b) Draw and explain voltage series feedback amplifier and list their
advantages. [6]
c) Explain the concept of current mirror circuit? [4]
Q5) a) Draw an inverting summing amplifier with three inputs and derive
expression for its output voltage Vo? [8]
b) Design a practical integrator with input signal of 2VPP and cutoff
frequency of 2.5 kHz. for DC voltage gain to 10. [6]
c) Explain with diagram the concept of voltage follower circuit using
op-amp. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain an Instrumentation amplifier interface with RTD bridge
for temperature measurement. [8]
b) Using IC 741 op-amp with supply voltage of ±15V design an inverting
schmitt trigger circuit to have VUTP = +3V, VLTP = –3V. [6]
c) What is the difference between inverting and non-inverting amplifier. [4]
Q7) a) Classify different types of ADC and explain iwth diagram dual scope
ADC. [6]
b) Calculate the O/P voltage for a DAC whose output range is 0 to 10 V
and input binary number 1001. [6]
c) Explain various specification of ADC. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat diagram the register weighted and R-2R DAC? [6]
b) For on 10 bit successive approximation type A/D converter driven by a
2MHz clock, find the conversion time? [6]
c) Draw and explain V to I convertor. [5]
[5925]-212 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1191 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-213
S.E. (Electronics/E & T.C/Electronics & Computer)
DIGITAL CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (204182)
Q1) a) Draw the logic diagram of full-adder and its truth table. [7]
b) Implement a full-adder using Demultiplexer. [5]
c) Implement the given logic function using a 4:1 multiplexer [5]
f ( A, B, C ) = m(0, 2, 4,6)
OR
Q2) a) Explain the working of a half-adder? Draw its logic diagram. [7]
b) Implement the full subtractor using a 1:8 demultiplexer. [5]
c) Implement the following function using multiplexer [5]
f ( A, B, C ) = m(0, 2, 4,6)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Design the clocked sequential circuit for the state diagram using JK flip
flop. [9]
b) Draw ASM chart for 2 bit binary counter having one enable line E such
that: E=1, [8]
c) Count Enable and E=0, Count Disable.
OR
Q6) a) Design a sequence detector to detect a sequence 1101 using D FF [9]
(Use Moore machine).
b) Explain in short: [8]
i) State Assignment
ii) ASM chart
[5925]-213 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1192 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-214
S.E. (E & TC)
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (204183)
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is back emf in DC motor? State its significance? [8]
b) Derive torque equation of DC motor? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the various methods of speed control of Dc series motor? [8]
b) Draw neat diagram and explain operation of 3 pt. Starter? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Derive the torque equation for the three-phase induction motor? [8]
b) Explain Construction and working Principle of single-phase induction
motor. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the construction and working principle of BLDC motor. Also
draw the Speed Torque Characteristics. [10]
b) Write Note on ‘Electric Vehicles’ [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the construction and working principle of Stepper motor. Also
draw the Speed Torque Characteristics. [10]
b) Explain any Electric vehicle in detail. [8]
[5925]-214 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1193 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-215
S.E. (E & TC/Electronics)
DATA STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (204184)
Q3) a) Write structure definition for single Linked list. Differentiate between
static memory and dynamic memory allocation. [6]
b) Write following C functions in SLL: [6]
i) Insert a node at the beginning
ii) Delete a node at the end
c) State the limitations of single linked list. Represent following polynomial
using linked list. [5]
20 x9 + 15 x 7 + 10 x5 + 5 x + 50
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write structure definition for double Linked list. Differentiate between
array and linked list. [6]
b) State the limitations of array. Draw and explain double linked list. [5]
c) Write following C functions in circular in SLL. [6]
i) Insert a node at the end
ii) Delete all nodes in the list
Q5) a) Define binary tree. Explain following terms with suitable examples: [7]
i) Root node
ii) Left and right sub tree
iii) Depth of tree
b) Construct the Binary Search Tree (BST) from the following data: [5]
CAR, BAG, MAN, ADD, SAD, FAN, TAN
c) Write recursive function for in-order, pre-order and post-order traversal
of Binary tree. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define the following terms with suitable example with respect to Binary
tree: [6]
i) Strictly Binary Tree
ii) Completely Binary Tree
iii) Binary Search Tree
b) Construct the binary search tree (BST) from the following elements: [6]
45, 20, 80, 40, 10, 90, 70
Also, show pre-order and post-order traversal for the same.
c) What is AVL tree? Explain all the rotations in AVL tree. Construct AVL
tree for the following data: [6]
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
[5925]-215 2
Q7) a) What do you mean by adjacency matrix and adjacency list? Give the
adjacency matrix and adjacency list for the graph shown below: [6]
b) Explain with suitable example, DFS and BFS traversal of a graph. [5]
i) Undirected Graph
OR
Q8) a) Define indegree and outdegree of a vertex in graph. Find the indegree
and outdegree of following graph. [6]
[5925]-215 3
b) Find out Minimum Spanning Tree of the following graph (figure 3) using
Kruskal’s algorithm. [6]
c) Find the shortest path from node ‘a’ to all nodes in the graph shown in
fig.4 using Dijkstra’s algorithm. [6]
[5925]-215 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-216
S.E.(Electronics & Computer/Electronics/E&TC)
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (204191) (Semester - IV)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide - rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What is Fourier series. Write formula for exponential and Trignometric
Fourier series. [6]
b) State and explain following properties. [6]
i) Time reversal
ii) Time Differentiation
iii) Convolution
c) Determine the FS representation for the signal with periodic wave, shown
below using exponential method. [6]
Q2) a) Find the trignometric Fourier series for the periodic signal x(t) given below.
[8]
P.T.O.
b) State the following properties of CTFS. [6]
i) Time scaling
ii) Time Integration
iii) Modulation
c) Explain Gibb's phenomenon of Fourier series. [4]
Q3) a) Find the Inverse Fourier Transform using partial fraction expansion.[7]
1
X ( jw) = 2
( jw) + 5 jw + 6
b) Find the Fourier Transform of a constant signal AO. [6]
c) Find the Fourier Transform of a [4]
i) x(t) = (t) + u(t)
ii) x(t) = u(–t)
Using properties of F.T.
2 1
X ( jw) = + .
jw + 1 jw + 2
[5925]-216 2
Q6) a) Find the Laplace Transform of the signal drawn below Find ROC. [6]
dy (t )
b) Solve the differential equation + 3 y (t ) = x (t ) for input
dt
x (t ) = e-2t u (t ) . Assume zero initial conditions. [6]
d
i) x (t ) = u (t )
dt
ii) x (t ) = u (t + 1)
[5925]-216 3
c) The probability density function of a random variable 'X' is given by
1
f x ( x) = x £a
a [6]
=0 otherwise
Determine : i) Mean
ii) Mean square
iii) Standard deviation
[5925]-216 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1195 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-217
S.E. (E & TC)
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (204192)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume the suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) For an Unity feedback System with open loop transfer function
4
G(S) . Determine Damping factor, Undamped natural
s( s 2)
frequency, reason peak, resonant frequency. [9]
b) Explain Nyquist Stability Criterion. [8]
OR
[5925]-217 1 P.T.O.
1
Q4) a) If G(S) H(S) . Find Resonance peak and resonance frequency.
s(s 1)
[9]
b) Explain Advantages of frequency Domain Analysis. [8]
Q5) a) Obtain the expression for state transition matrix using Laplace transform
method and state any four properties of state transition matrix. [9]
b) Find Controllability and Observability of the system given by state model.
1 1 5 5
A 1 2 2 , B 1 ,C 10 15 11 ,D [0] [9]
5 2 8 10
OR
Q6) a) Obtain the state model for the system with transfer function
Y( s) 3S 4
2 . [9]
U( s ) s 5S 6
0 3
b) Determine the transition matrix of state equation X x(t ) . [9]
1 4
Q7) a) Explain Proportional mode, Integral Mode and Derivative Mode. [9]
b) What do you mean by Industrial Automation? What are its types? Explain
the architecture of an automation. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Ziegler - Nichols tuning method of tuning a PID controller.
[9]
C( s) 1
b) 2 Compute the Tr, Tp, Ts and %Mp for the same. Compare
R( s ) S S 1
the time domain for proportion gain Kp = 20. [8]
[5925]-217 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-218
S.E. (Electronics/Computer/E & TC) (Semester - IV)
PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (204193)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain with the help of neat block diagram Armstrong method of FM
generation. [6]
b) Differentiate between NBFM and WBFM. [6]
c) Explain Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis in detail. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Flat-top sampling with waveforms. [6]
b) State and explain the sampling theorem in detail when fs > 2fm, fs = 2fm,
fs = 2fm. [5]
c) Distinguish between Ideal sampling, Natural sampling and Flat-Top
sampling. [6]
Q5) a) Describe with suitable block diagram pulse code modulation transmitter.
[6]
b) Explain need of digital communication. [6]
c) Describe compading methods -law and A - law. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What is an eye diagram? Explain the use of eye diagram to measure ISI.
[6]
b) Explain scrambling and unscrambling with diagram in detail. [6]
c) Discuss the properties of line codes. [5]
[5925]-218 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1197 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-219
S.E. (Electronics/E & TC/Electronics & Computer)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (2019
Pattern) (Semester - IV) (204194)
OR
b) Write down a C++ program for copy constructor for string class. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What does inheritance mean in C++? Give an example of each. [6]
b) What is polymorphism? Explain with example to achieved run time
polymorphism. [6]
c) Write copy constructor for Employee class, in which objects of string
class and Date class are the Data members. [6]
Q5) a) What is a user defined exception? Write down the scenario where we
require use define exceptions. [6]
OR
OR
b) What is file pointer? Write a note on file opening & file closing. [6]
[5925]-219 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1198 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-220
S.E. (Electronics & Computer Engineering)
ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (204202)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Draw the block diagram of LM317 and explain in detail. [6]
b) Explain SMPS with block diagram. [6]
c) Expain current boosting voltage regulator using LM317. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain adjustable voltage regulator using LM317. [6]
b) Compare linear and switching mode power supply. [6]
c) Explain low drop out regulator with neat diagram in detail. [6]
Q3) a) Draw the block diagram of op-amp and explain in detail. [6]
b) Define and explain the following op-Amppovameter [6]
i) Input offset voltage
ii) CMRR
iii) Slew Rate
c) Draw the circuit diagram of current mirror and explain in detail. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following parameter of OP-AMP [6]
i) PSRR
ii) Gain bandwidth product
iii) Input bias current
b) Explain the circuit diagram of level shifter. [5]
c) Draw the circuit diagram of dual input balance output differential amplifier
and explain in detail. [6]
[5925]-220 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw the circuit diagram of full wave preusion rectifier and Explain. [6]
b) Explain zero crossing detector using OP-AMP with necessary waveform.
[6]
c) Explain ciruit diagram of schmitt trigger with waveform. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw the circuit diagram of three OP-AMP instrumentation amplifier and
write its output equation. [6]
b) Explain practical differentiator circuit with neat circuit diagram. What are
the limitation of ideal differentiator. [6]
c) List the important characteristics of comparator. What are the advantages
of schmitt trigger over comparator. [6]
[5925]-220 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1199 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-221
S.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (204184)
Q1) a) Define Queue and explain any one application of Queue. [6]
b) Give the postfix and prefix expression a b c / x y / z [6]
b) Explain the working of circular queue. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Construct a function PUSH and POP in ‘C’ for stack using array. [6]
b) Compare stack with Queue. [6]
b) Explain types of queues. Write any one in detail. [5]
Q3) a) Distinguish singly linked list and doubly linked list. [6]
b) Construct a singly linked list with its ‘C’ function to delete a number.[6]
c) Describe a circular linked list. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain a ‘C’ function to Insert node in singly linked list. [6]
b) Explain a ‘C’ function to Insert a number in doubly linked list. [6]
c) Describe a Link List as ADT. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain a binary tree. Name and explain with suitable example the
following terms: [6]
i) Root node
ii) Left sub tree and right sub tree
iii) Depth of tree
b) Construct the binary search tree (BST) from the following elements. [6]
10, 60 40, 28, 14, 50, 6.
c) Explain a ‘C’ function to insert node in BST (Binary Search Tree). [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define the following terms with example with respect to Binary Tree:[6]
i) Strictly Binary Tree
ii) Completely Binary Tree
iii) Binary Search Tree
b) Construct the binary search tree from the following elements [6]
5, 2, 8, 4, 1, 9, 7 Also show preorder, inorder and postorder traversal for
the same.
c) Define Binary Tree. What are its types? Explain with suitable figures.[6]
Q7) a) Explain with suitable example the techniques to represent a Graph. [6]
Note : Consider graph of minimum 6 vertices.
c) Explain with suitable example BSF and DSF traversal of graph. [6]
OR
[5925]-221 2
Q8) a) Defind the term Graph. With the help of suitable example explain adjacency
matrix representation and adjacency list representation of a graph. [6]
b) Find minimum spanning tree for the following graph using Prim’s
Algorithm. [6]
[5925]-221 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1200 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-222
S.E. (Electronics & Computer Engineering)
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (204203)
Q1) a) Enlist the functions of the I/O Module. Draw and Explain I/O Module
Structure. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Compare Program driven I/O and Interrupt driven I/O. Enlist functions
of the DMA controller. [10]
Q3) a) Explain the following types of operations in 8086 with the help of suitable
instruction for each type. Data transfer, arithmetic, logical, input-output,
and transfer of control. [10]
b) Draw the architecture of 8086. And enlist the features of it. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following types of Addressing modes with the help of suitable
instructions in 8086. Immediate, direct, indirect, register, register indirect,
displacement, and stack. [10]
b) Explain the instruction Formats in 8086 with examples of suitable
instructions. What is Operand? Enlist types of operands. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is instruction-level parallelism? What is the difference between
superscalar and pipelined? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain the flowchart of four segment instruction pipelining.[10]
Q7) a) Draw and explain the single bus organization of the CPU. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Write and explain a control sequence for the following instructions for a
single bus organization. ADD (R3), R1. Assuming R1 as the destination.[10]
[5925]-222 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1201 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]- 223
S.E.(Electronics & Computer)
Principles of Programming Language
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester-IV) (204206)
Time :2½Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to candidates:
1) Solve question Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6,and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume the suitable data, if neccessary.
Q3) a) What is mean by primitive data type and list out primitive data types
available in Java with example? [9]
b) List out the Java features. [8]
OR
[5925]-223 1 P.T.O.
b) How todefine a package ? How to access ,import a package? [9]
Explain with examples.
OR
Q6) a) Explain method overriding with a suitable example program. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain reading character and string from input console with suitable
examples. [9]
g g g
[5925]-223 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1202 [5925]-224
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q1) a) Consider the following processes where arrisal and barst time are as
given below. Calculate the average waiting time and average turn around
time if the processes are scheduled using FCFS. [6]
Process Burst Time Arrival time
P1 6 0
P2 4 1
P3 7 3
P4 2 5
b) Explain Pre-emptive shortest Job First scheduling algorithm in detail.
[6]
c) List various types of OS with their basic functions. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Consider the following processes arrival time and burst time as shown
below in table. Calculate average waiting time and average turn around
time if Quantum time is 2. Use Round Robin Algorithm. Draw GANTT
chart. [6]
Process Burst Time Arrival time
A 5 0
B 4 2
C 7 4
D 6 6
P.T.O.
Q3) a) State and explain the conditions for deadlock to occur. [6]
b) Find out the safe sequence for the execution of the following processes
using Banker’s algorithm. Maximum Resources R1=15, R2=8. [6]
Allocation Matrix Maximum Required
R1 R2 R1 R2
P1 2 1 P1 5 6
P2 3 2 P2 8 5
P3 3 0 P3 4 8
c) Write short note on : Producer-consumer Problem. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Banker’s algorithm is used for deadlock avoidance. Explain. [6]
b) Define deadlock. Explain the methods for deadlock prevention. [6]
c) Write short note on “The Ostrich algorithm”. [5]
[5925]-224 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-225
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
POWER GENERATION TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (203141)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Describe the historical development of wind turbine on Indian level. [3]
b) Define cut in, cut out and rated speed as applied in wind energy system
with suitable diagram. [6]
c) Explain how the wind pattern affects power generation in wind energy
systems. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write in brief advantages and disadvantages of wind energy. [3]
b) Differentiate between horizontal axis and vertical axis wind turbine. [6]
c) Explain grid connected wind energy conversion system with the help of
neat diagram. [8]
[5925]-225 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1204 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-226
S.E. (Electrical)
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (203142)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q7) a) Explain with neat diagram - Single Electron Transistor (SET) [6]
b) Describe with neat diagrams - Boron Nano Tubes. [6]
c) Explain Nano materials used in Batteries and Photovoltaic Cells. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Describe with neat diagram - Nano wires. [6]
b) Describe with neat diagrams - Carbon clusters. [6]
c) Write a short note on - C60. [6]
[5925]-226 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1205 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-227
S.E. (Elecrical)
ANALOG AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (203143)
Q3) a) Explain with neat diagram and output waveforms, Op-Amp as a zero
crossing detector? [5]
b) Draw circuit of Op-Amp as V-I converter. Also explain its working. [5]
c) Explain generation of saw tooth waveform using OP-AMP. Draw input &
output waveforms. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw neat diagram of Op Amp as a Schmitt trigger and explain its working.
[5]
b) With neat pin diagram explain function of each pin of IC 741 [5]
c) Explain generation of sine waveform using OPAMP. Draw input & output
wave froms [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the function of LM 317 as adjustable voltage regulator. [5]
b) With neat diagram explain working of IC 555 as a Astable Multivibrator.[5]
c) Explain High pass filter using op-amp with its frequency response. [7]
OR
Q6) a) What is voltage regulator? Write any two applications of voltage
regulator. [5]
b) Explain Low pass filter using op-amp with its frequency response. [7]
c) With neat diagram explain working of IC 555 as a Monostable
Multivibrator. [5]
Q7) a) Explain working of single phase half wave rectifier with RL load. [5]
b) Explain the working o single-phase full wave centre tapped rectifier with
pure resistive laod. [7]
c) Define following terms [5]
i) form factor
ii) Ripple factor
iii) TUF
OR
Q8) a) With the help of circuit diagram and relevant waveforms, explain the
operation of a 3-phase bridge rectifier with resistive load. [7]
b) Compare single phase HWR and single phase FWR. [5]
c) Draw neat diagram and explin single phase half wave rectifier with pure
resistive laod. [5]
[5925]-227 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1206 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-228
S.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (203144)
OR
Q2) a) Derive the torque equation of dynamometer type wattmeter. Explain the
errors and its compensation in dynamometer type wattmeter. [9]
b) Two wattmeters connected to measure the input to a balanced 3-phase
circuit indicate 2000 W and 500 W respectively. Find the power factor
of circuit:
i) When both the readings are positive
ii) When the latter reading is obtained after reversing the connections
to the current coil of first instrument. [8]
Q3) a) Explain in detail the working and construction of single phase induction
type energy meter with a neat diagram. [9]
b) What is the need of calibration? Explain one method of calibration of
energy meter. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain electronic energy meter with a neat diagram. [9]
b) What are the different types of errors and adjustments in single phase
energy meter? [8]
Q5) a) How the following measurement can be done using CRO: [9]
i) Current measurement
ii) Voltage measurement
iii) Time period measurement
OR
OR
Q8) a) Explain ultrasonic method for level measurement with a neat diagram.[9]
b) Explain foil strain gauge with a neat diagram. Also, state its advantages.[9]
[5925]-228 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
PA-1207 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-229
S.E. (Electrical)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (207006)
3λ λ
i) ii)
1+ λ2 1+ λ2
λ 2λ
iii) iv)
1− λ2 1+ λ2
b) Standard deviation of four numbers 9, 11, 13, 15 is [2]
i) 2 ii) 7
iii) 4 iv) 5
c) Second moment μ 2 about mean is [1]
i) Mean ii) Standard deviation
iii) Mean deviation iv) Variance
d) The value of λ so that the vector field
F = ( 2 x + 3 y ) iˆ + ( 4 y − 2 z ) ˆj + ( 3x − λ 6 z ) kˆ is solenoidal is [2]
i) –6 ii) 1
iii) 0 iv) –1
P.T.O.
e) If f ( z ) = u + iv be an analytic function where u = 4 xy , v = 2 y 2 − 2 x 2
the value of f ( z ) in terms of z is [1]
i) 4 z + 2 z 2i ii) 2z 2i
iii) −2z 2i iv) 4 z − 2 z 2i
f) If f ( z ) = u + iv be analytic function where u = 4 xy then its harmonic
conjugate v will be [2]
i) 2 y2 − 2x2 ii) 2 y 2 + 2 x2
iii) −2 y 2 − 2 x 2 iv) y 2 − x2
z3
ii) Find inverse z-transform of F ( z ) = , z >2
( z − 1)( z − 2 )
2
z2 1
ii) Find Inverse z - transform of F ( z ) = ,z < .
( z − 1 4 ) ( z − 15 ) 5
1, 0 ≤ λ < 1
∞
f ( x ) sin λ x dx = 2, 1 ≤ λ < 2
0,
0
λ≥2
[5925]-229 2
Q4) a) The first four moments of a distribution about the value 4 are –1.5, 17,
–30, 108. Find the moments about the mean and β1 and β2. [5]
b) Obtain regression line of y on x for the following data: [5]
x 6 2 10 4 8
y 9 11 5 8 7
c) 20% of bolts produced by a machine are defective. Determine the
probability that out of 4 bolts. Chosen at random: [5]
i) No one is defective
ii) Exactly one is defective
OR
Q5) a) Calculate correlation coefficient for the given data: [5]
x 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 6 4 3 5 4 2
b) The random variable X has a Poisson distribution.If P(X = 1) = 0.01487,
P(X = 2) = 0.04461. Then find P(X = 3). [5]
c) Suppose heights of students follows normal distribution with mean 190
cm and variance 80 cm2. In a school of 1000 students, how many would
you except to be above 200 cm tall? (Given, z = 1.1180, A = 0.3686).[5]
[5925]-229 3
Q7) a) Find the directional derivative of φ = e 2 x − y − z at (1, 1, 1) along the line
x −1 y −1 z −1
= = . [5]
1 2 2
b) Show that (Any one): [5]
1 3
i) ∇ ⋅ r∇ 3 = 4
r r
∇ 4 ( r 2 log r ) =
6
ii)
r2
c) Using Green’s theorem evaluate F⋅ d r
C
where [5]
x2 y2
F = ( 2 x − cos y ) iˆ + x ( 4 + sin y ) ˆj and C is the ellipse + = 1, z = 0 .
9 16
z3 − 5
b) Evaluate ( z + 1) ( z − 2 ) dz where C is the contour
C
2 z = 3. [5]
2z − 1
c) Find the map of straight line x = 2 y under the transformation w = .[5]
2z + 1
[5925]-229 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1209 [5925]-231
[Total No. of Pages : 3
OR
Q2) a) The armature of 4 pole DC shunt motor has LAP winding which is
accommodated in 60 slots, each slot carries 20 conductors. [4]
If the useful flux per pole is 23 milli Weber, determine the total torque
developed by motor in Newton meter. The armature current is 50 Ampere.
[6]
b) What is meant by back emf in DC motor? State the equation of back
emf. Also explain how back emf acts as a regulating mechanism when
load on DC motor changes. [8]
c) Draw the connection diagram of shunt, series DC motors. State their
current & voltage distrubution equations.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) State any one application of- [3]
i) DC shunt
ii) Series &
iii) Cumulative compound motor
b) Sketch & explain the Torque- Armature current characteristics of [6]
i) DC shunt motor
ii) Series motor.
c) A 250 V DC Shunt motor takes a current of 6 Ampere and runs at 1200
rpm. The armature resistance is 0.05 Ohm and shunt filed resistance is
250 Ohm. Determine the speed of motor when it is loaded and taking a
current of 31 Ampere. [8]
OR
Q5) a) Draw the power flow diagram of 3-ph Induction motor. [4]
b) A 6 pole, 3 phase induction motor is connected to 400 volt, 50 Hz ac
supply. Calculate-
i) the speed of rotating magnetic field of the motor
ii) Speed of motor at 3% slip
iii) the rotor emf frequency at 3% slip [6]
c) Draw and explain torque-Slip characteristics of 3 phase induction motor
with respective mathematical expressions. Clearly mark the two regions
and point of maximum torque and starting torque [8]
OR
[5925]-231 2
Q6) a) Derive the condition for maximum starting torque of 3 phase induction
motors with usual notations. [4]
b) With suitable diagram explain constructional details of 3 phase slipring
induction motor [6]
c) The input to 3 phase, 6 pole, 50 Hz, induction motor is 47 kWatt at
certain load. The stator losses are 1.5 kWatt and mechanical losses are
1k Watt. Determine the HPoutput power of motor when it runs at 970
rpm. (Take 1 HP = 746 watt) [8]
Q7) a) State the types of starters used for induction motors. [3]
b) With suitable circuit diagram explain no load and blocked rotor test on 3
phase induction motor. Also write respective formulae involved in
calculation part for determining the respective parameters [6]
c) Draw the connection diagram of star-delta starter used for 3-ph induction
motor & explain its working [8]
OR
Q8) a) Obtain the approximate equivalent circuit diagrams fo 3-ph induction
motor step by step. Label it & state the meaning of each nomenclature
used. [7]
b) Using data from No load & Blocked rotor test on 3-ph induction motor;
Draw the circle diagram & write the procedure to find full load slip,
locate the points for slip = 0, 1 [10]
[5925]-231 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What is time constant? State time constant in case of Series R-L circuit
and series R-C circuit. [6]
i) Obtain expression for current in the circuit for t > 0. Using the
classical method.
P.T.O.
ii) Find value of current at t = 0.25 sec.
OR
R
i) Value of the induced emf after 10ms v (t ) ve t .
L
[5925]-232 2
c) In R-L-C circuit Fig. 4 is excited by D.C. voltage source. Find current
i (t) using conventional method. The switch is closed at time t = 0. [6]
Q3) a) Find the inverse Laplace transform of given network given F(s). [5]
(s + 2)
F(s ) =
s (s +3)
c) Obtain f(t) for the signal shown in Fig. 5. Also determine Laplace
transform of f(t). [7]
OR
[5925]-232 3
Q4) a) Determine resultant current i(t) if switch is closed at t = 0. In R-L-C
series circuit Fig. 6 by using Laplace transform. [9]
2
b) Solve the differential equation d x(t ) dx (t )
2
3 2 x (t ) 4et , where
dt dt
x (0–) = 1, x (01 ) 1. [8]
i) stop band.
c) Obtain y-parameters of two port network for the given network in the
fig.7. [7]
OR
[5925]-232 4
Q6) a) Define ABCD parameters and Hybrid parameters of two port networks.
[5]
b) Design constant K-low pass filter to have a cut-off frequency of 796 Hz
when terminated in a 600 resistance in both the T and π
configurations. [6]
c) Obtain Z-parameters of two-port network for the given network in the
Fig. 8. [7]
2s
I( s )
( s 1)( s 3)
Plot poles and zeros in the plane and obtain time domain response of
current.
c) Find the driving point admittance Y11 (s) for the network shown in
Fig. 9 and plot pole-zone diagram. [6]
OR
[5925]-232 5
Q8) a) Define various network functions of a one-port network. [5]
b) Find the driving point impedance Z11 (s) for the network shown in
Fig. 10 [6]
5( s 5)
V ( s)
( s 2)( s 7)
Plot poles and zeros in the plane and obtain time domain response of
voltage.
[5925]-232 6
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1211 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-233
S.E. (Electrical)
NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (203148)
ii) (1 + Δ )(1 − ∇ ) = 1
b) Following table gives the distance in nautical miles of the visible horizon
for the given heights in feet above earth. [6]
X height 200 250 300 350 400
Y distance 15.04 16.81 18.42 19.90 21.27
Find the distance when height is 218 feet.
c) Derive the formula for Newton’s forward interpolation formula for the
equally spaced data points. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Find f(10) of the cubic function passing through the points (4,–43) (7,83)
(9,327) and (12,1053) using Newtons divided difference formula. [6]
b) Derive Lagrange’s Interpolation formula for unequally spaced data points.[6]
c) Apply Bessel’s central difference formula to obtain f(32) given that [5]
f(25)=0.2707 f(30)=0.3027 f(35)=0.3386 f(40)=0.3794
[5925]-233 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Derive Trapezoidal rule for numerical integration as a special case of
Newton’s Cote formula. [6]
b) A river is 80m wide. The depth d in meters at a distance x meters from
one bank is given in the following table [6]
X(m) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
D(m) 0 4 7 8 12 15 14 8 3
Find approximately the area of cross section by
i) Trapezoidal rule
ii) Simpson’s 1/3rd rule.
c) Derive formula for numerical differentiation of first order using Newton’s
forward interpolation technique. [5]
OR
b) Evaluate the first and second derivative of √x at x=15 from the following
data [6]
x 15 17 19 21 23
√x 3.873 4.123 4.354 4.583 4.796
c) Derive Simpson’s 1/3rd rule for numerical integration as a special case of
Newton’s Cote formula. [5]
3 0 2
A = 2 0 −2
0 1 1
Q7) a) Use 4th order RK method to estimate approximate value of y for x = 0.1
with step size is 0.1, if dy/dx = x + y2 given that y = 1 when x = 0. [6]
dy
b) Apply Euler’s method to find y(0.1). Given = xy , y(1) =5. Show 5
dx
iterations. [6]
c) Explain Euler’s method for the solution of ordinary differential equation.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Taylor’s series method for solution of ordinary differential
equations. [6]
b) Use Runge Kutta second order method of find an approximate value of
y correct to three places of decimal when x = 0.1, given that y = 1.2
dy
when x = 1 and = 3x + y2. [6]
dx
dy
c) Find the value of x = 0.1 for the equation = 1 + xy and y(0)=1. Take
dx
step size h = 0.1 by Taylor series method. [6]
[5925]-233 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1212 [5925]-234
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Electrical)
FUNDAMENTAL OF MICROCONTROLLER & APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (203149)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, or Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q2) a) Describe the Timer modes in 8051 microcontrollers. [6]
b) Draw & explain TCON register. [6]
c) Write C Program to toggle bit P1.5 of port P1, 5000 times. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on Interrupt enable register. [6]
b) Write a program to turn off LED for connected to Port 0 when interrupt
0 occurs and turn it on when interrupt 1 occurs. [6]
c) Explain the SOC, EOC, & OE pin of ADC 0809. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write Short note on SCON register. [6]
b) Explain Steps to transfer Data Serially in 8051 microcontroller. [6]
c) Write program to transfer letter ‘T’serially 10 times at baud rate of 4800.
Use serial port in mode 1. XTAL=12MHz. [6]
OR
OR
Q8) a) With the help of block diagram explain Voltage & current measurement
using 8051. [6]
b) Draw interfacing diagram of a stepper motor with 8051 and write program
to rotate stepper motor 360 Degree in anticlockwise direction with step
angle of 1.8 degree. [6]
c) Explain relay interfacing with 8051 microcontroller. [5]
[5925]-234 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-235
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control) (Semester - III)
SENSORS & TRANSDUCERS
(2019 Pattern) (206261)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Draw & explain the working of inclined tube manometer? Give the reason
for its higher sensitivity. [8]
b) Explain the working principle of McLeod low pressure vacuum gauge.
With neat sketch. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the working of diaphragm type elastic pressure transducer. With
the help of diagram show. how strain gauges are mounted on it. [8]
b) Draw & explain the working principle of delta cell capacitive pressure
sensor. State its formula is the relationship is linear? [9]
Q3) a) Draw & explain the working principle of bimetallic thermometer. List
one advantage & disadvantage with two application. [9]
b) Explain RTD with its principle of working. Explain three wire lead
arrangement of RTD. [9]
OR
Q4) a) State four temperature scale available give conversion formulae of it.[9]
b) State & explain along with diagram Law of intermediate temperatures
and law of intermediate metals of thermocouple.
comment on relationship between temperature & output voltage. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw & explain the working principle of venturi meter. Derive the equation
of actual flow rate from it. [9]
b) Draw & explain the working principle of Electromagnetic flow meter.
Comment on the relationship between the flow rate & voltage. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw & explain the working principle of orifice meter. Derive the equation
of actual flow rate from it. [9]
b) Draw & explain the working principle of Ultrasonic flow meter. Derive
the equation of any one method. [9]
Q7) a) Draw & explain the working principle of bubble type level measurement.
State the equation for it. [8]
b) Draw & explain the working principle of cone & plate viscosity
measurement. State the advantages & disadvantages of it. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Draw & explain the working principle of chain-balanced float type density
measurement technique. Enlist other two techniques for density
measurement. [8]
b) Draw & explain the working principle of resistive type humidity sensor
measurement technique. Compare with capacitive type of humidity
measurement technique. [9]
[5925]-235 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1214 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-236
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (206262)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Illustrate with suitable circuit diagram precision half wave rectifier. Draw
proper output wave forms. [9]
b) Design phase shift oscillator using operational amplifier for output
frequency of 1KHz. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Elaborate with neat circuit diagram zero trossing detector. [9]
b) Illustrate with suitable circuit diagram inverting comparator. Draw proper
output wave forms. [9]
[5925]-236 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Discuss analog multiplexer CD4051 with neat block diagram. [8]
b) Draw the pin diagram of timer I C555 and elaborate function of each pin.
[9]
Q7) a) Design first order high pass filter for fL =10 KHz. And pass band gain of 2.
[9]
b) Compare active filters and passive filters. Draw the ideal frequency
response for high pass, low pass, band pass and band reject filters. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Design second order low pass filter for FL=1 KHz. [9]
b) Elaborate with neat circuit diagram, low voltage regulator using IC 723.
[9]
[5925]-236 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1215 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-237
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (206263)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non-programmable Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data, is necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the block diagram of cathode ray oscilloscope with neat diagram.
[9]
b) Explain different techniques of frequency measurement with the help of
CRO [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the internal block diagram of cathode ray tube with neat diagram.
[9]
b) How to measure phase and frequency with Lissajous pattern. [9]
Q3) a) Derive the general balance condition of wheatsone’s bridge with neat
circuit diagram. State the sources of error in measurement with wheatston’s
bridge. [8]
b) Give detailed classification of bridges. Draw neat circuit diagram, explain
working and derive the expression of Kelvin bridge. [9]
OR
Q4) a) At balance the resistances of all arms are Ra=Rb=R1=R2=100Ω. The battery
voltage is 5V and galvanometer resistance is 100Ω. If R2 is changed to
105Ω. determine the current through the galvanometer (null detector). [9]
Q7) a) Describe strip chart recorder with neat diagram. What are the types of
tracing system? [9]
b) What is Lab VIEW? Explain different components of Lab VIEW. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw neat diagram of galvanometric type recorder and explain its operation
in detail. [8]
b) What is virtual instrumentation? Describe the architecture of virtual
Instrumentation with neat block diagram. [9]
[5925]-237 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1216 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-238
S.E. (Instrumentation)
CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (206264)
Q1) a) List various pneumatic components. Explain any one in detail. [6]
b) Draw and explain 4/3 way pneumatic valve. [6]
c) Draw and explain 2/2 way pneumatic valve. [5]
OR
Q3) a) Explain Hydraulic power supply in detail with neat sketch. [6]
b) Explain various properties of oil to be used in hydraulic system. [6]
c) List various components of Hydraulic power supply. Explain any one in
detail with neat sketch. [6]
OR
Q4) a) List various Hydraulic pumps. Draw and Explain any one pump in detail.[6]
b) Compare Hydraulic & Electric system. [6]
c) Draw and explain 4/3 way Hydraulic valve. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and Explain working of UJT. [6]
b) Draw and Explain working of TRIAC. [6]
c) Give the application UJT and TRIAC. [5]
OR
Q6) a) List various commutation techniques. Explain any one in detail Write its
application. [10]
b) Draw and Explain circuit of an MOSFET. Explain its various parts. [7]
OR
Q8) a) List different materials used for fuses wire and Explain Desirable
characteristics of material according to rating. [6]
b) Explain in detail hazardous area classification. [6]
c) Draw and Explain zener barrier in detail. [6]
[5925]-238 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
PA-1217 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-239
S.E. (Instrumentation Engineering)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (207008)
−3 2
i) ii)
λ 4
λ3
6
iii) 0 iv)
λ4
b) The first and second moments of the distribution about the value 3 are 2
and 20. Second moment about the mean is [2]
i) 12 ii) 14
iii) 16 iv) 20
c) The probability of getting a king or a queen or a jack from a pack of 52
cards is [1]
3 4
i) ii)
13 52
3 3
iii) iv)
52 26
P.T.O.
d) If the vector field F = ( x + 2 y + az ) iˆ + ( 2 x − 3 y − z ) ˆj + ( 4 x − y + 2 z ) kˆ
is irrotational then value of a is [2]
i) –4 ii) 3
iii) –3 iv) 4
e) The value of k such that the function f ( z ) = e x cos y + ie x sin ky is analytic
is [2]
i) k = –1 ii) k = 1
iii) k = 0 iv) k = 2
f) A function φ ( x, y ) is harmonic if [1]
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
i) + =1 ii) + =0
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂y 2
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
iii) − =1 iv) − =0
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂y 2
x2 , 0 < x ≤ 1
Q2) a) Find Fourier sine transform of f ( x ) = . [5]
0, x >1
b) Attempt any one: [4]
i) Find z-transform of f ( k ) = e −2 k , k ≥ 0
z
ii) Find inverse z-transform of F ( z ) = , z >2
( z − 1)( z − 2 )
c) Solve, f ( k + 2 ) + 3 f ( k + 1) + 2 f ( k ) = 0, f ( 0 ) = 0, f (1) = 1 . [6]
OR
Q3) a) Attempt any one: [5]
1
i) Find z - transform of f ( k ) = , k ≥ 1
k
3z 2 + 2 z
ii) Find Inverse z - transform of 2 ,1< z < 2
z − 3z + 2
∞
f ( x ) cos λ xdx = e
−λ
b) Solve the integral equation, , λ > 0. [4]
0
[5925]-239 2
Q4) a) Find the coefficient of correlation between x & y from the following
table: [5]
x 1 3 4 6 8
frequency 1 2 4 4 5
b) The problem of mathematics is given to three students A, B & C whose
1 3 1
chances of solving it are , & respectively. What is the probability
2 4 4
that the problem will be solved. [5]
c) A manufacturer knows from experience that the resistance of resistors
he produces is normally distributed with mean 100 Ohms and standard
deviation 2 Ohms. What percentage of resistors will have resistance
between 98 Ohms to 102 Ohms? (Area between 0 to 1 is 0.3413). [5]
OR
Q5) a) The regression equations are 8 x − 10 y + 66 = 0 and 40 x − 18 y = 214 [5]
i) Find the mean values of x and y
ii) Regression coefficient of y on x
iii) Regression coefficient of x on y
b) Find first four moments about mean, if the first four moments about
median are 3, 40, 100 and 400. [5]
c) In an examination, 31% of the students got marks below 45 and 8%
students got marks above 64. Find the mean and standard deviation of
the normal distribution. (Area between 0 to 1.405 is 0.42 and area between
0 to 0.496 is 0.19). [5]
[5925]-239 3
Q7) a) Find the directional derivative of φ = 2 x 2 + 3 y 2 + z 2 at the point (2, 1, 3)
x − 2 y −1 z − 3
along the line = = . [5]
1 2 2
b) Show that (Any one): [5]
∇ 4 ( er ) = e r + e r
4
i)
r
1 n ( n − 2)
ii) ∇ ⋅ r∇ n =
r r n+1
x2 y 2
and c is ellipse + = 1, z = 0 . [5]
25 9
sin 2 z
b) Evaluate : π
3
dz where c is circle z = 3 2 . [5]
z−
c
6
2z + 3
c) Show that the map w = transform the circle x 2 + y 2 − 4 x = 0 into
z−4
the straight line 44 + 3 =0. [5]
OR
Q9) a) Find the harmonic conjugate of V = e x sin y such that F ( z ) = 4 + i V is
analytic find F ( z ) in terms of z. [5]
4z − 1
b) Evaluate c z 2 − z − 6 dz where c is closed curve z = 4 . [5]
[5925]-239 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1218 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-240
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control Engineering)
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (206268)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator/Log table is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain block diagram reduction technique in detail. Also write steps to
solve block diagram. [9]
b) Find C(S)/R(S) by using Mason’s Gain formula. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain signal flow graph in detail. Also write steps to solve signal flow
graph. Explain Mason’s Gain formula in brief. [9]
b) Obtain C(S)/R(S) by using block reduction rules. [9]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the transient response specifications of second order system with
neat diagram. [8]
b) The max overshoot and settling time for a control system whose overall
transfer function is given by :
C( s )
= wn 2 / (S2 + 2xwnS + wn 2 )
R( s)
Are 10% and 4 second respectively? The input being a unit step function.
Determine the values of & n in order to satisfy these requirements.[9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain all standard test signals along with graphical representation &
respective Laplace transform. [8]
[5925]-240 2
Q7) a) Solve the following by Bode plot analysis method. [9]
4
G(S)H(S) =
S(1 + 0.5S)(1 + 0.08S)
Determine gain crossover, phase crossover, gain margin & phase margin.
Also comment on stability.
b) State properties of Polar plot. Solve the following with polar plot method.
1
G(S) = [8]
1 + 0.2s
OR
Q8) a) Solve the following by Bode plot analysis method. [9]
50
G(S) H(S) =
( s + 1)( s + 2)
Determine gain crossover, phase crossover, gain margin & phase margin.
Also comment on stability.
b) What is frequency domain analysis? Elaborate in brief State the conditions
of stability depending on gain cross over frequency & phase cross over
frequency. [8]
[5925]-240 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1219 [5925]-241
[Total No. of Pages : 2
OR
OR
Q4) a) With a neat logic diagram, explain the working of positive edge triggered
D flip Hop. Also draw the timing diagram. [8]
b) Design the Conversion of JK flip-flop into T-type flip-flop with excitation
table, k-map and logic diagram. [9]
Q5) a) Design a 3 bit twisted ring counter. Draw logic diagram [6]
b) Draw and explain 3 bit asynchronous counter [8]
c) Distinguish between synchronous counter and asynchronous counter.
[4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain PIPO and PISO shift register with relevant logic diagrams. [9]
b) Design MOD 6 synchronous counter with JK flipflop. [9]
Q7) a) Draw the block diagram and Explain Programmable Logic Array. [9]
b) Describe the operation of TTL logic circuit working as NAND gate.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Compare TTL and CMOS logic famillies on the basis of following: [8]
i) Propagation delay
ii) Power dissipation
iii) Fan-out
iv) Basic gate
b) Design digital clock by using counter ICs. [9]
[5925]-241 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1220 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-242
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control Engineering)
PROCESS LOOP ELEMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (206270)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain Multi position and floating control mode in brief with neat sketch.[9]
b) Explain PI and PID controller in brief with suitable examples. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain reset windup, rate before reset, bumpless transfer in detail and
comment on error. [9]
b) State the classification of continuous control modes used in process
control system and explain PD controller with suitable example. [9]
Q5) a) Explain flashing in brief and suggest the suitable method used to reduce
it. [9]
b) State the necessity of sizing in control valve, enlist selection criteria’s for
control valve and comment on i) Rangeability, ii) Valve Capacity, iii) Valve
stem, iv) Turndown ratio. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) State difference between inherent and installed characteristics and explain
control valve characteristics with neat sketch in brief. [9]
b) State the need of final control element and explain butterfly and globe
control valve in brief with neat sketch. [9]
Q7) a) Enlist types of actuators, explain any one with neat sketch and state its
merits, demerits and applications. [8]
b) Specify the need of positioners, state its application, types and discuss
effect of positioner on performance of control valve. [9]
OR
Q8) a) State the significance of volume boosters and explain volume booster in
brief. [8]
b) What is the significance of pressure boosters and elaborate pressure
booster in brief. [9]
[5925]-242 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1221 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-243
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (206271)
Q1) a) Enlist the properties of Fourier Series. Prove any two properties. [9]
b) Show that the following signals are orthogonal over an interval [0, 1], [8]
f ( t ) = 1;
x ( t ) = 3 (1 − 2t )
OR
b) Find the exponential Fourier series for x(t) = e–t for T = 0.5 sec [11]
Q3) a) State and prove the Linearity and Time Shift property of Fourier
Transform. [10]
b) Find the Fourier Transform of [8]
x(t) = te–atu(t)
OR
Q4) a) Find the Fourier Transform of x(t) = sinwCt u(t). [8]
b) Explain the Dirichlet condition of Fourier transform? [6]
c) State and verify the duality property. [4]
[5925]-243 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the relationship between Laplace Transform and Fourier
Transform. [7]
b) Find the Laplace transform of ; [10]
i) x(t) = e–atu(t)
ii) x(t) = –e–atu(–t)
OR
Q6) a) State and explain any two properties of Laplace Transform. [7]
b) Determine the initial value x(0+) and the final value x(∞) for the following
Laplace transform X(s) [10]
1
i) X(s) =
s + 5s + 6
2
s+7
ii) X( s) =
s + 5s 2 + s
3
[5925]-243 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1222 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-244
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
DATA STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (206272)
Q1) a) Write a python program that will perform arithmetic operations on two
matrices X and Y and print the result. [9]
b) Write a program to create two lists namely L1 & L2, print them and
extend list L2 with L1. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write a python program that will [8]
i) Create an array containing following elements : 3, 9, 4, 16, 5, 25, 6,
36 and print result.
ii) Add an element in array and print result.
iii) Delete an element from it and print result.
iv) Remove an element from a specified position and print result.
b) Create two lists namely list A and list B. Write a python program that will
perform different operations on lists and print the result. [9]
Q5) a) What are the limitations of arrays and lists in Python? What is a linked
list structure? Which are the types of linked lists? [9]
b) Explain the following code in Python related to sorted linked list. [8]
def sortedSearch(head, target) :
curNode = head
while curNode is not None and curNode.data < target :
if curNode.data == target :
return True
else :
curNode = node.next
return False
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on BAG abstract data type. [8]
b) How to build a linked list using a Tail Reference? Write steps to Append
Nodes and Remove Nodes using a tail reference and current node
respectively. [9]
Q7) a) Convert the following expression from Infix to Postfix expression. [9]
A*B+C/D
b) Write a note on ‘Priority Ques’. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the implementation of queue using a Circular Array. [9]
b) Write a note on stack ADT. How to implement the stack? [9]
[5925]-244 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
[5925]-245
S.E. (Chemical/Printing/Biotechnology) (Semester-III)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (207004)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Question No.1 is compulsory.
2) Attempt Q2 or Q3, Q4 or Q5, Q6 or Q7 and Q8 or Q9.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) i) The Fourier cosine transform of an even function f (x) in interval –<x<
is given by [1]
a) f u sin u du
0
b) f u cos ecudu
0
c) f u sin u d
0
d) f u cos u du
0
P.T.O.
iv) The value of 2r is equal to [2]
2 2
a) b)
r r
1
c) d) 0
r
v) The fourier sine transform Fs() of f (x) = e–x, x > 0 is given by [2]
3
a) b)
1 2 1 2
1
c) d)
1 2 1 2
vi) The partial differential equation of two dimensional heat flow equation is
[2]
u 2u 2u 2u
a) k 2 b) 0
t x x 2 y 2
2u 2 u
2
2u 2u
c) c d) 0
t 2 x 2 x 2 y 2
Q2) a) Find the Fourier cosine transform of f(x) = e–x. Hence show that [5]
cos mx
1 x
0
2
dx
2
e m
1 ;0 1
f x cos x dx 0
0
; 1
sin 2 z
Hence show that 2 dz
0
z 2
[5925]-245 2
c) Use fourier transform to solve [5]
u 2u
,0 x , t 0
t x 2
Subject to the condition.
i) u(0,t) = 0, t > 0
1 ,0 x 1
ii) u x,0
0 , x 1
1
f x if Fs e a
u 2u
c) Use Fourier transform to solve ;0 x , t 0 [5]
t x 2
where u(x,t) satisfies condition
u
i) 0 ,t 0
x x 0
x ; 0 x 1
ii) u x,0
0 ; x 1
iii) u x, t M
[5925]-245 3
Q4) a) Calculate first four moments from following distribution about mean.[5]
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
f 1 8 28 56 70 56 28 8 1
b) Obtain line of regression y on x for the following data. [5]
x 2 3 5 7 9 10 12 15
y 2 5 8 10 12 14 15 16
c) A dice is thrown 5 times. If getting an odd number is a success. What is
probability of i) 4 successes ii) at least 4 successes. [5]
OR
Q5) a) In a sample of 1000 cases, the mean of certain test is 14 and standard
deviation is 2.5. Assuming the distribution to be normal find
i) How many students score between 12 and 15?
ii) How many students score above 18?
[Given: A(–0.8)=0.2881, A(0.4)=0.1554, A(1.6)=0.4452] [5]
b) The table below gives the number of books issue from a library on the
various days of a week.
Days Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
Books 120 130 110 115 135 150
Issued
Test 5% level of significance whether the issuing is independent of day.
Given: 2
,
5 0.05 11.07 [5]
c) Calculate coefficient of correlation. [5]
[5925]-245 4
Q7) a) Using stoke's theorem evaluate F .Nˆ ds where
s
Q8) a) A string is stretched tightly between x = 0, x = l and both. ends are given
displacement y = asinpt perpendicular to the string. If the string satisfies
2 y 1 2 y
differential equation 2 2 2 prove that the oscillations of the string
x c t
pl px pl
are given by y a sec cos . [8]
2c c 2c
u 2 u
2
[5925]-245 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1224 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-246
S.E. (Chemical)
INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester- III) (209341)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
[5925]-246 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss the mechanism of El and E2 reaction of atkyl halides. [6]
b) Write short notes on: [6]
i) Claisen Rearrangement
ii) Beckman rearrangement.
c) Give the mechanism of Sulfonation of benzene. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the effects of the following factors on SN1 and SN2 reactions?[6]
i) Nature of solvent
ii) Nature of leaving group
iii) Nature of nucleophile.
b) Give mechanism of Friedel-Crafts acylation and give its merits. [6]
c) Write a short note on Saytzeff rule. [6]
Q7) a) Write a short note on diazotisation and coupling in azo dyes. [6]
b) Explain any two methods of synthesis. [6]
i) Pyrrole
ii) Pyridine
c) Give synthesis of the following dyes: [5]
i) Crystal violet
ii) Methyl orange
OR
Q8) a) Give classification of dyes on the basis of application. [6]
b) Explain any three methods for synthesis of Furan. [6]
c) Give synthesis of the following dyes: [5]
i) Phenolphthalein
ii) Alizarin
[5925]-246 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1225 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-247
S.E. (Chemical)
FLUID MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (209342)
Q1) a) Derive the expression for continuity equation in 3-D flow? [6]
b) Draw a net sketch and explain the working of Venturimeter derive and
equation to Calculate flow rate by using Venturimeter. [6]
c) A horizontal venturimeter with inlet and throat diameter 30 cm and 15cm
respectively is used to measure the flow rate of water the reading of
differential monometer connected to the inlet and throat is 20 cm of mer-
cury determining the rate of flow? Take CDd=0.98. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw a net sketch and explain the working principle of orifice meter
derives equation. [6]
b) Derive Euler’s equation of motion. [6]
c) A pitot static tube placed in the center of a 300 mm pipe lines has orifice
pointing upstream and other perpendicular to it the mean velocity in the
pipe is 0.80 of the central velocity find the discharge through the pipe if
the pressure difference between the two orifices is 60mm of Water take
coefficient of Pitot tube as CV=0.98 [6]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive the relation between the maximum and average velocities along
with their position in the cross section of, circular horizontal pipe. [6]
b) Prove that expression for laminar flow of fluid. [6]
c) Water at 15°C flow between two large parallel plates at a distance of
1.6mm apart, Detemine, [6]
i) Maximum velocity=0.3m/s
ii) The pressure per unit lenght
iii) The shear stress at the wall of the plate
[5925]-247 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1226 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-248
S.E. (Chemical)
ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (209343)
Q1) a) Explain in detail Ultrasonic flow inspection test for testing of Engineering
materials. [9]
b) Write down the Applications of Nanomaterials in chemical industry. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) Explain principle and working of Transmission Electron Microscope (SEM).
[18]
OR
OR
[5925]-248 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1227 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-249
S.E. (Chemical)
PROCESS CALCULATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (209344)
Q1) a) In the production of sulphur trioxide, 100 kmol of SO2 and 200 kmol O2
are fed to reactor. The product stream is found to contain 80 kmol of
SO3. Find the percentage conversion of SO2. [8]
b) Orthoxylene on oxidation gives phthalic anhydride. The reaction taking
place is: [9]
C8 H10 + 3O 2 → C8 H 4O3 + 3H 2O .
20% excess air is used. The conversion is 50% and the yield of phthalic
anhydride is 90%. Calculate the requirement of orthoxylene and air for
100 kmol of phthalic anhydride production.
OR
Q2) a) A combustion chamber is fed with butane and excess air. Combustion
of Butane is complete. The composition of the combustion gases on
volume basis is given below: [8]
CO2 = 9.39%, H2O = 11.73%, O2 = 4.70% and N2 = 74.18%
Find percentage excess air used and mole ratio of air to butane used.
b) A gas containing 25% CO, 5% CO2, 2% O2 and rest N2 is burnt with
20% excess air. If the combustion is 80% complete, calculate the
composition by volume of the flue gases considering the given
compositions of gas to be on mole basis. [9]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Calculate the heat of formation of ethane gas at 298.15 K from its elements
using Hess’s law: [8]
Data:
Heat of formation of CO2(g) = –393.51 kJ/mol
Heat of formation H2O(l) = –285.83 kJ/mol
Heat of combustion of ethane gas at 298.15 K = –1560.69 kJ/mol
b) Calculate the standard heat of reaction of the following reaction: [9]
C5H12(l) + 8O2(g) → 5CO2(g) + 6H2O(l)
Data:
C5H12(l) – 173.49
CO2(g) –393.51
H2O(l) –285.83
OR
Q4) a) A stream of carbon dioxide flowing at a rate of 100 kmol/min is heated
from 298 K to 383 K. Calculate the heat that must be transferred using
Cp data: [8]
OR
Q6) The dry bulb temperature and dew point of the ambient air were found to be
302 K and 291 K respectively. The barometer reads 100.0 kPa. Compute [18]
c) The percentage RH
i) Classsification of fuels
[5925]-249 3
b) The orsat analysis of the flue gases from a boiler house chimney gives
CO2 = 11.4%, O2 = 4.2% and N2 = 84.4% (mole %). Assuming that
complete combustion has taken place. Calculate the % excess air, and
also find the C/H ratio in the fuel. [8]
OR
Q8) Calculate the gross and net calorific values of the natural gas at 298.15 K
which has the following molar composition: [18]
CH4 = 89.4%, C2H6 = 5.0%, C3H8 = 1.9%, iso-C4H10 = 0.4%, n-C4H10 = 0.6%,
CO2 = 0.7% and N2 = 2.0%.
Data :
Specific volume of the natural gas at 298.15 K and 101.3 kPa = 24.465 m3/kmol.
[5925]-249 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1229 [5925]-251
[Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E. (Chemical)
HEAT TRANSFER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (209348)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Determine the net radiant interchange between two parallel oxidized iron
plates, placed at a distance of 25 mm having sides 3*3m. The surface
temperatures of two plates are 373 K and 313K respectively. Emissivities
of the plates are equal Given e1= e2 0.736. [6]
b) Define monochromatic emissive power and monochromatic emissivity.
[4]
c) What is Radiation? Explain black body? [4]
d) Explain any TWO [4]
i) Specular and Diffuse Reflection
ii) Emissivity
iii) Radiation shield
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define Condensation? differntiate between filmwise and dropwise
condensation with example. [6]
b) Describe Pool Boiling Curve in detail with neat sketch. [5]
c) Write short note on: [6]
i) Heat transfer in agitated vessels.
ii) Individual & overall heat transfer coefficient.
iii) Thermal Boundary Layer
OR
OR
Q6) a) Draw neat sketch of double pipe heat exchanger and explain [7]
b) A shell & tube heat exchanger is to be provided with tubes of 31 mm
outer diameter & 27 mm inner diameter, 4 m long. It is required for
heating water from 295 K to 318 K with the help of condensing steam at
393 K on the outside of tubes. Determine the number of tubes required if
water flow rate is 10kg/sec. Heat transfer coefficient on steam side &
water side are 6000W/m2 K & 850 W m2 K respectively. Neglect all
other resistances. [7]
c) Define Capacity ratio and NTU [4]
[5925]-251 2
Q7) a) Give types of evaporators and write on Calendria type evaporator with
neat sketch. [7]
b) An aqueous sodium chloride solution (10 wt%) is fed into a single effect
evaporator at a rate of 10000 kg/hr. It is concentrated to a 20 wt% sodium
chloride solution. The rate of consumption of steam in the evaporator is
8000 kg/hr. Calculate Capacity (Kg/hr) & Economy of the evaporator.
[6]
c) Define Capacity and Steam Economy of Evaporator [4]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain the forward feed multiple effect evaporator. [7]
b) What is evaporation? Define Boiling point elevation and explain Duhring’s
rule in evaporation. [7]
c) Describe the different factors affecting the evaporation operation. [3]
[5925]-251 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1230 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-252
S.E. (Chemical Engineering)
PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (209349)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Derive the equation to determine the diameter of shaft if i) shaft subject to
twisting moment only, ii) shaft subject to bending moment only. [8]
Q2) a) Draw neat sketches of different types of keys and state their applications
and how they are classified? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Derive the equation to determine the length of a cross belt derive along
with proper sketch. [7]
b) Two pulleys, one 450 mm diameter and other 200 mm diameter, on parallel
shaft 1.95 m apart are connected by a crossed belt. Find the length of
belt required and angle of contact between the belt and each pully.
What power can be transmitted by the belt when the larger pully rotates
at 200 RPM, if maximum permissible tension in the belt is 1 kN, and the
coefficient of friction between belt and pully is 0.25? Also draw the sketch.
[10]
Q5) a) Short note on selection and design of various types of heads for pressure
vessels. [6]
b) A pressure vessel having outer diameter 1.3 m and height 3.8 m is subjected
to an internal pressure of 12 Kg/cm2. If vessel is fabricated as class
B vessel, joint efficiency is 85%, if the vessel is fabricated as class C
vessel, with welded joint efficiency is 70% and 50% and if the vessel is
provided with a strip all along the longitudinal joint, joint efficiency is
100%. Calculate the vessel thickness under these different conditions
and find out how much is the % material saving by welding a strip along
the longitudinal joint.
OR
[5925]-252 2
Q6) a) Calculate the thickness of a torispherical heads (100-6) and (80-6) elliptical
head (2:1) and hemispherical head for a pressure vessel having design
pressure 7 kg/cm2. Diameter of vessel is 1.5 m, and the permissible stress
is 1250 kg/cm2. Welded joint efficiency is 85%. [12]
OR
Q8) a) Explain and enlist various materials of construction used for high pressure
vessel. [6]
b) Define Pressure vessel and give some industrial examples where these
are used commonly. [6]
[5925]-252 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1231 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-253
S.E. (Chemical Engineering)
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (209350)
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Ziegler catalytic procedure. [5]
b) Explain the difference between Batch saponification process and
continuous saponification process. [5]
c) Describe in brief process of manufacturing of full-boiled soap on
commercial basis with a flow diagram. [8]
[5925]-253 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1232 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-254
S.E. (Chemical)
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (209351)
Q1) Derive the equation for minimum fluidization velocity and describe the equation
for case of very small particles. [18]
OR
Q2) a) Explain with a neat sketch: [12]
i) Cyclone separator
ii) Fabric Filter
b) Explain with a neat sketch any one type of electrostatic separator. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is filter medium? State the various requirements of filter medium.[9]
t − t1 r μυ r μυ V1
= ( V − V ) +
V − V1 2A 2 ( −Δ P ) A 2 ( −Δ P )
1
Q7) a) What are chain and flight conveyors? Explain any two types of chain
conveyors. [9]
OR
i) Belts
[5925]-254 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1233 [5925]-255
[Total No. of Pages : 5
Q1) a) The company has 10 members on its board of directors. In how many
ways can they elect a president, a vice president, a secretary and treasure.
[6]
b) Find eighth term in the expansion of (x+y)13 [6]
c) A box contains 6 white and 5 black balls. Find number of ways 4 balls
can be drawn from the box if [6]
i) Two must be white
ii) All of them must have same colour
OR
Q2) a) In how many ways can word the ‘HOLIDAY’ be arranged such that the
letter I will always come to left of letter L. [6]
b) In how many ways can one distribute 10 apples among 4 children [6]
c) Use Binomial theorem to expand (X4+2)3 [6]
Q3) a) Is it possible to draw a simple graph with 4 vertices and 7 edges. Justify?
[7]
b) Define following terms with example. [5]
i) Complete graph
ii) Regular graph
iii) Bipartite graph
iv) Complete bipartitie graph
v) Paths and circuits
P.T.O.
c) The graphs G and H with vertex sets V(G) and V(H), are drawn below.
Determine whether or not G and H drawn below are isomorphic. If they
are isomorphic, give a function g: V(G)-> V(H) that defines the
isomorphism. If they are not explain why they are not. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Determine which if the graph below represents Eulerian circuit, Eulerian
path, Hamiltonian circuit and Hamiltonian Path. Justify your answer [7]
[5925]-255 2
b) A connected planar graph has nine vertices with degree 2,2,2,3,3,3,4,4,5
[5]
Find
i) number of edges
ii) number of faces
iii) construct two such graphs
c) Explain the following statement with example [5]
“Every graph with chromatic number 2 is bipartite graph”
b) Explain [6]
i) Cutset
ii) Tree properties
iii) Prefix code
[5925]-255 3
c) Give the stepwise construction of minimum spanning tree using Prims
algorithm for the following graph. Obtain the total cost of minimum
spanning tree. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Using the labelling procedure to find maximum flow in the transport
network in the following figure. Determine the corresponding minimum
cut. [6]
[5925]-255 4
c) Construct binary search tree by inserting integers in order [6]
50,15,62,5,20,58,91,3,8,37,60,24
Find
i) No of internal nodes
ii) leaf nodes
b) Consider the set Q of rational numbers and let a*b be the operation
defined by a*b=a+b-ab [6]
i) Find 3*4
ii) 2*(-5),
iii) 7*(1/2)
Is (Q,*)a semigroup? Is it commutative?
[5925]-255 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1234 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-256
S.E. (Computer /AI&DS)
FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (210242)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Make suitable assumption whenever necessary.
Q1) a) Write pseudo ‘Python’ algorithm (recursive) for binary search. Apply
your algorithm on the following numbers stored in array from A[0] to
A[10] 9, 17, 23,38,45,50,57,76,90,100 to search numbers 10 & 100.[9]
b) Explain the quick sort algorithm. Show the contents of array after every
itertion of your algorithm start from following status of array.-
27, 76, 17, 9, 57, 90, 45, 100, 79. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief the different searching techniques. What is the time
complexity of each of them? [9]
b) Write an algorithm of selection sort and sort the following numbers using
selection sort and show the contents of an array after every pass:-
81, 5, 27, –6, 61, 93, 4, 8, 104, 15 [9]
Q3) a) What is linked list? Write a pseudo C++ code to sort the elements. [9]
b) What is doubly linked list? Explain the process of deletion of an element
from doubly linked list with example. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Generalized Linked List with example. [9]
b) Write Pseudo C++ code for addition of two polynomials using singly
linked list. [9]
[5925]-256 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write an algorithm for postfix evaluation with suitable example. [8]
b) What is concept of recursion? Explain the use of stack in recursion with
example. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is need to convert the infix expression into postfix; convert the
following expression into postfix expression (a+b) * d + e/(f + a*d) + c.
[8]
b) What is backtracking algorithm design strategy? How stack is useful in
backtracking [9]
Q7) a) Write pseudo C++ code to represent dequeue and perform the following
operations on dequeue: [8]
i) Create
ii) Insert
iii) Delete
iv) Display
b) What is circular queue? Explain the advantages of circular queue area
linear queue. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Define queue as an ADT. Write pseudo C++ code to represent queue.[8]
b) Explain Array implementation of priority queue with all basic operations.
[9]
[5925]-256 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the polymorphism feature of OOP. What are the different ways
to achieve polymorphism in C++ Language? Explain them along with
examples. [5]
b) What is operator overloading? Write a program to overload '+' operator
for adding two complex numbers which are object of below complex
class. [6]
Class Complex
{
Private: int real, imag;
};
c) What is Pure virtual function? Illustrate the use of Pure virtual function.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) What is runtime polymorphism? How it is achieved in C++. Explain it
along with example. [5]
b) What is function overloading? Write defination of three overloaded
functions (add) which will add two integer, float and double numbers
respectively. [6]
c) Explain abstract class concept along with example. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are various functions used to manipulate file pointers? Explain
using example. [7]
c) What are fstream, ifstream and ofstream? Illustrate with help of example.
[4]
OR
Q4) a) Write a program to create file, read and write record into it. Every
record contains employee name, id and salary. Store and retrieve atleast
3 data. [7]
i) open()
ii) get()
iii) getline()
OR
Q6) a) Write short note on type name and export key-word. [4]
[5925]-257 2
Q7) a) What is purpose of iterator and algorithm. [4]
b) What is STL? List and explain different types of STL containers. [6]
OR
c) What is container? List the container classes in C++. Explain any one
of them using program. [8]
[5925]-257 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) What are the types of projection and write in brief about each type of
projection. [4]
b) Derive 3D transformation matrix for rotation about a principal axis. [4]
2 4 4
c) A triangle is defined by . Find transformed coordinates
2 2 4
after the following transformation. [10]
i) 90o rotation about the origin.
ii) Reflection about line X = Y
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on Warnock's Algorithm [6]
b) Explain Halftone shading. [5]
c) Explain the following terms with examples: [6]
i) Color gamut
ii) Specular Reflection
iii) Diffuse reflection
[5925]-258 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1237 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-259
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (210245)
Q1) a) What are sequential circuits? Explain excitation table of JK flipflop. [6]
b) Convert Following Flipflops: [6]
i) SR to JK
ii) JK to D
c) What is MOD counter? Design MOD - 24 counter using 7490. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are sequential circuits? Explain SR flipflop using a suitable example.[6]
b) Convert Following Flipflops: [6]
i) JK to T
ii) SR to D
c) Design sequence detector using MS JK flipflop for sequence 1101. [6]
Q3) a) Draw ASM chart for 2-bit UP counter using multiplexer controller method.[6]
b) Draw a block diagram of the PLA device and explain. [6]
c) Implement following Boolean function using PAL. [5]
F1 = m ( 0,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11,15 )
F2 = m (1,2,8,12,13)
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is an ASM Chart? Design the ASM chart for a 2-bit binary counter
having one enable line E such that when: [6]
E = 1 (count enabled) and
E = 0 (counting is disabled).
b) Implement 3 bit binary to gray code converter using PLA. [6]
c) A combinational Circuit is defined by the following function: [5]
F1( A,B,C ) = m ( 0,1,3,7 )
F2 ( A,B,C ) = m (1,2,5,6 )
Implement this circuit with PLA.
[5925]-259 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
Q1) Write the correct option for the following multiple choice questions :
i) y:123
x:159
The least square fit of the form x = ay + b to the above data is ________.
[2]
a) x = 2y – 5
b) x = 4y + 4
c) x = 4y + 1
d) x = 4y – 3
2 3 1
ii) For two events A and B, P (A ) = , P (B) = and P (A Ç B) = , then
3 8 4
the events A and B are __________. [2]
a) mutually exclusive and independent
b) not mutually exclusive and not independent
c) independent, but not mutually exclusive
d) mutually exclusive, but not independent
P.T.O.
iii) Using Gauss elimination method, the solution of system of equations
5 7
x + 4 y - z = -5, y + z = and -13 y + 2 z = 19 is _________. [2]
3 3
117 81 148
a) x= , y =- , z =
71 71 71
71 71 71
b) x= , y =- , z =
117 81 148
117 81 148
c) x =- , y = , z =-
71 71 71
d) x = 1, y = 2, z = 0
1
x 0 1
iv) If Lagrange's polynomial passes through
y 1 2
then ò ydx =
0
_________. [2]
2
a)
3
3
b)
2
1
c)
2
d) 3
a) 25.8
b) 23.9
c) 20.5
d) 24.2
[5925]-260 2
vi) If x0, x1 are two initial approximations to the root of f(x) = 0, by secant
method the next approximation x2 is given by ________. [1]
x0 + x1
a) x2 =
2
f ( x1 )
b) x2 = x1 -
f 1 ( x1 )
( x1 - x0 )
c) x2 = x1 - f
( f1 - f 0 ) 1
( x1 + x0 )
d) x2 = x1 + f
( f1 + f 0 ) 1
Q2) a) The first four moments of a distribution about 4 are –1.4, 17, –30 and
108. Obtain the first four central moments and coefficient of skewness
& kurtosis. [5]
x 10 15 20 25 30
Death rate 12 18 16 21 10
OR
Freq. (f) 4 7 8 12 25 18 10
[5925]-260 3
b) Fit a linear curve y = ax + b, by least square method to the data, [5]
Q4) a) Three factories A, B and C produce light bulbs. 20%, 50% and 30% of
the bulbs are available in the market by factories A, B and C respectively.
Among these, 2%, 1% and 3% of the bulbs produced by factories A, B
and C are defective. A bulb is selected at random in the market and
found to be defective. Find the probability that this bulb was produced
by factory B. [5]
OR
[5925]-260 4
Q5) a) A die is tampered in such a way that the probability of observing an
even number is twice as likely to observe an odd number. Find the
expected value of the upper most face obtained after rolling the die.[5]
Q6) a) Obtain the root of the equation x3 – 4x – 9 = 0 that lies between 2 and 3
by Newton-Raphson method correct to four decimal places. [5]
2x1 + x2 + 6x3 = 9
x1 + 5x2 + x3 = 7
OR
[5925]-260 5
Q7) a) Solve by Gauss elimination method, the system of equations : [5]
4x1 + x2 + x3 = 4
x1 + 4x2 – 2x3 = 4
20x1 + x2 – 2x3 = 17
Q8) a) Using Newton's backward difference formula, find y at x = 4.5 for the
following data. [5]
x 1 2 3 4 5
y 3.47 6.92 11.25 16.75 22.94
7
b) th
Use Simpson's 3/8 rule, to estimate ò f ( x) dx from the following
1
data. [5]
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
f(x) 81 75 80 83 78 70 60
dy
c) Use Euler's method to solve = x 2 + y, y (0) = 1. Tabulate values of
dx
y for x = 0 to x = 0.3. (Take h = 0.1) [5]
OR
[5925]-260 6
dy y - x
Q9) a) Use Runge-Kutta method of 4th order to solve = , y ( 0) = 1
dx y + x
at x = 0.2 with h = 0.2. [5]
dy
b) Using modified Euler's method, find y(1.1). Given = 2 + xy , y (1) = 1.
dx
Take h = 0.1. (Two iterations only) [5]
[5925]-260 7
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1239 [5925]-261
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Find minimum spanning tree of the following graph using kruskals
algorithm. [6]
b) Write algorithm for Breadth First Traversal of the graph. Also write its
complexity. [6]
c) Write Kruskal’s algorithm for minimum spanning trees and explain with
example. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Apply Prim’s Algorithm to construct Minimum Spanning Tree, for below
drawn graph: Starting vertex is ‘a’. [6]
b) Develop pseudo code with one example to traverse a graph using BFS.
[6]
c) Find the shortest path from a to f, in the following graph using Dijkstra’s
Algorithm. [6]
Q3) a) What is OBST? List binary search tree with 3 words (w1, w2, w3) =
(do, if, stop) words occurs with probabilities (P1, P2, p3) = (0.4,0.5,0.1)
find expected access time in each case. [6]
b) Build AVL tree for given sequence of data. Show balance factor of all
nodes and name the rotation used for balancing the tree
40,60,80,50,45,47,44,42,75,46,41. [6]
c) Write short notes on: [5]
i) Red Black tree
ii) Splay tree
OR
[5925]-261 2
Q4) a) Construct OBST for given data using dynamic programming approach.
Explain stepwise. [6]
Index 0 1 2 3
Data 10 20 30 40
Frequency 4 2 6 3
b) Demonstrate Deletion Operation in AVL with example. [6]
c) Explain following terms w.r.t. height balance tree LL, RR, LR, RL. [5]
Q5) a) Construct B-tree of order 4 by inserting the following data one at a time.
20, 10, 30, 15, 12, 40, 50 [6]
b) Write an algorithm to insert a node in B Tree. [6]
c) Construct the B+ Tree of order 4 for the following data: 1, 4, 7, 10, 17,
21, 31, 25, 19, 20, 28, 42. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Build B+ tree of order 3 for the following:
1, 42, 38, 21, 31, 10, 17, 7, 31, 25, 20, 18. [6]
b) Write an algorithm to delete a node from B+tree. [6]
c) Insert the keys to a 5-way B-tree:
3, 7, 9, 23, 45, 1, 5, 14, 25, 24, 13, 11, 08, 19, 04, 31, 35, 56 [6]
Q7) a) Write short notes on: [6]
i) Factors affecting the file organization
ii) Indexed sequential files
iii) Indexing techniques
b) Compare sequential indexed sequential and direct access files. [6]
c) Explain any 4 modes of opening the file in C or C++. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain following operations carried out on sequential files. [6]
i) Add
ii) Delete
iii) Search
b) Explain any 3 operations carried out on sequentail file and its pseudo
code. [6]
c) A file of employees records, has ‘employee no’ as primary key and the
‘department code’ and the ‘designation code’ as the secondary keys.
Write a procedure to answer the following query – ‘Which employees
from systems department are above designation level 4? [5]
[5925]-261 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-262
S.E. (Computer/AI&DS)
Software Engineering
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (210253)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain object oriented view of component level design with suitable
example. [6]
b) Explain FP based estimation technique? [6]
c) What is project scheduling? What are the basic principles of project
scheduling? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain COCOMO Model for project estimation with suitable example.
[9]
b) How LOC and FP used during project Estimation? Explain both Estimation
techniques with suitable example. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Risk Identification? What are different categories of Risk? [6]
b) Define software Risk in detail. What are different types of Software
Risk? [6]
c) What are the advantages of SCM Repository? Explain functions performed
by SCM Repository. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is Software Configuration Management (SCM) [9]
b) What is RMMM? Write short note on it? [9]
Q7) a) What are difference between white box testing and black box testing.
[6]
b) Explain the software testing life cycle in detail. [6]
c) Explain bottom-up testing with its advantages. [5]
OR
Q8) a) What is system testing? Explain any three types system testing. [9]
b) Write note on Alpha and Beta Testing. [8]
[5925]-262 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1240 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-263
S.E. (Computer)
MICROPROCESSOR
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (210254)
Q1) a) Explain the Segment Translation Process with a neat diagram of 80386.[6]
b) Differentiate and explain GDTR, LDTR, and IDTR. [6]
c) Demonstrate General Selector Format in brief. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Demonstrate General Descriptor Format available in various descriptor
tables. [6]
b) With the necessary diagram, explain the page translation process in 80386.[6]
c) Explain the use of following instructions in detail: [6]
i) LGDT
ii) SIDT
iii) LLDT
Q3) a) What is call gate? Explain how it is used in calling functions with higher
privilege levels. [6]
b) Explore five aspects of protection applied in segmentation. [6]
c) Explore the need for a protection mechanism in 80386. [5]
OR
[5925]-263 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the following terminologies. [6]
i) CPL
ii) DPL
iii) RPL
b) Explain different levels of protection. Describe the rules of protection
check? [6]
c) Elaborate on the concept of combining segment protection and page
level protection in 80386. [5]
Q7) a) Explain the following exception conditions with an example: Faults, Traps,
and Aborts. [6]
b) With the help of the necessary diagram, explain the structure of IDT in
80386. [6]
c) List and elaborate on different applications of microcontrollers. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate and explain the Interrupt gate and Trap gate descriptor.[6]
b) How interrupts are handled in protection mode. Explain with the help of
a neat diagram. [6]
c) Differentiate between Microprocessor and Microcontroller. [5]
[5925]-263 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1241 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-264
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (210255)
Q1) a) Justify the meaning of each characteristic of Java in the statement “Java
is simple, architecture neutral portable, interpreted and robust and secured
programming language”. [6]
b) Write a program in Java to perform the addition of two matrices
(multidimensional arrays) and set the diagonal elements of resultant matrix
to 0. [6]
c) Write a program in Java using switch-case statement to perform addition,
subtraction, Multiplication and Division of given two numbers and print
the result. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief below keywords with example in Java. [6]
i) Final ii) Static iii) This
b) Define Constructor. List its different types. Demonstrate with suitable
example the different types of constructors used in Java. [6]
c) Write a program which receives n integers. Store the integers in an array.
Program outputs the number of odd and even numbers present in this
array. [6]
Q3) a) Define Inheritance and list the advantages. Explain the types of Inheritance
in Java with suitable Java code. [9]
b) Describe Exception. Write any two examples of exception. Explain
keywords try, catch, throw, throws and finally related to exception
handling. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Demonstrate the methods of creating packages and importing them in
other java programs with example. Write about the access protection in
packages. [9]
b) Explain abstract classes and polymorphism in Java with appropriate java
codes. [8]
Q5) a) Write short notes on React JS. Enlist and explain the feature of it. [6]
b) Explain life cycle of Thread model in Java. [6]
c) State the term thread synchronization. Explain how to achieve thread
synchronization in Java. [6]
OR
Q6) a) List the features of JavaScript and write a JavaScript program to display
Welcome message. [6]
b) Write short note angular JS. List its advantages and disadvantages. [6]
c) Differentiate Multiprocessing and Multi-threading. [6]
Q7) a) Write a program to find the factorial of a given number using LISP. [6]
b) Evaluate the following forms of LISP. [5]
i) (car (cdr '(1 2 3 4 5)))
ii) (car (cdr '(a(b c)d e)))
iii) (car (cdr(cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8))))
c) Explain the basic list manipulation in prolog. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following Equality predicates using suitable example. [6]
i) EQUAL
ii) EQ
iii) EQL
iv) =
b) Comparisons between functional programming and logic programming.[5]
c) Explain the phrases - “Term”, “Facts”, “Rule”, Goals” used in Prolog
with example. [6]
[5925]-264 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1242 [5925]-265
[Total No. of Pages : 4
S.E. (IT)
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (214441)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1, or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Find the Shortest Path algorithm using Dijikstra’s Shortest path algorithm.
[6]
OR
c) Explain Hamiltonian and Euler path and circuits with example. [6]
Q3) a) X = {2, 3, 6, 12, 24, 36} and x<=y iff x divides y. Find [6]
i) Maximal Element
ii) Minimal Element
iii) Draw the graph and its equivalent hasse diagram for divisibility on
the set: {2, 3, 6, 12, 24, 36}.
b) What are the ordered pairs in the relation R represented by the directed
graph shown in below Figures? [6]
c) Let X = {a, b, c). Define f: X->X such that f ={(a,b), (b, a), (c, c)} [5]
Find
i) f-1
ii) f-1 of
iii) fof-1
[5925]-265 3
Q7) a) Let R = {0o, 45o, 90o, 135o, 180o, 225o, 270o, 315o} and *= binary
operation, so that a*b is overall angular rotation corresponding to
successive rotations by a and then by b. Show that (R,*) is a Group.
[9]
b) Let l be the set of all integers. For each of the following determine whether
*is an commutative operation or not: [8]
i) a*b=max(a,b)
ii) a*b=min(a+2,b)
iii) a*b=2a-2b
iv) a*b= min (2a-b, 2b-a)
v) a*b= LCM (a,b)
vi) a*b=a/b
vii) a*b=power (a,b)
viii) a*b=a 2 + 2b+ab
OR
Q8) a) Show that set G of all numbers of the form a+b 2, a, b l forms a
group under the operation addition i.e.(a+b 2) + (c+d 2) = (a+c) +
(b+d) 2. [9]
b) Determine whether the set together with the binary operation is a
semigroup, group a monoid, or neither.
S= {1, 2, 5, 10, 20}, where a*b is defined as GCD (a,b) [8]
[5925]-265 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1243 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-266
S.E. (IT)
LOGIC DESIGN & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (214442)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain with a diagram, the conversion of J-K flip flop to D flip flop.[9]
b) Differentiate between Latch & flip-flop w.r.t. definition, operation, diagram
of applications etc. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Design 3-bit synchronous down - counter using MS JK flip flop
(IC 7476). (Pin numbers are not required) Draw only logic diagram. [9]
b) What is a shift register? State the types of shift registers with applications
of each. [9]
Q5) a) What is meant by addressing mode? Explain all addressing modes with
examples. [9]
b) Differentiate between RISC & CISC architecture. [9]
OR
[5925]-266 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain instruction pipelining w.r.t. operation and speed up formula,
achieved by pipelining. [9]
b) Explain interrupt w.r.t. its purpose, types. Describe step by step, the
interrup handling procedure of microprocessors. [9]
Q7) a) Explain with examples the various cache replacement policies. Describe
various cache write policies. [9]
b) Explain programmed controlled I/O with the help of flow chart. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Along with suitable diagram, explain set associative cache mapping
technique. [9]
b) Explain memory read cycle with the help of suitable timing diagram. [8]
[5925]-266 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Discuss how a two-way stack can be developed using array and write
sudo code for Push, Pop and display operations. [9]
b) Write a code for doubly linked list creation, insert and Display and
mention the time complexity of operations. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Convert the following infix expressions to postfix expressions using
stack data structure. 1) A+B*C^D-E/F 2) ((A+B)*C-(D-E))^(F+G)[9]
b) Write a sudo code for Queue implementation using array . Perform
the following operations: 1) Queue Full 2) Queue Empty 3) equeue
4) dqueue [9]
P.T.O.
b) Write a pseudo code to implement binary search tree for performing
following operations : i) Display - Mirror image ii) Display - Minimum
value iii) Display average value iv) Display leaf nodes [8]
4
5 B E
1
A 1 F
2
6 3
3 C D
2
b) Given the following Adjacency matrix, construct the graph and traverse
it in Breadth first order starting at vertex ‘F’. [9]
A B C D E F
A 0 3 7 2 4 0
B 3 0 9 0 0 10
C 7 9 0 1 0 0
D 2 0 1 0 5 8
E 4 0 0 5 0 6
F 0 10 0 8 6 0
OR
Q6) a) Construct an Optimal Binary Search Tree for the following data :
N=4, Key Set = {C, E, M}, {p1, p2, p3} = {0.1, 0.2, 0.15},{q0, q1,
q2, q3} = {0.15, 0.05, 0.3, 0.05}. What is the cost of the OBST? [9]
b) Define AVL Tree. Illustrate with example the various types of rotations
that are performed to balance the binary tree. [9]
[5925]-267 2
Q7) a) Explain with example hash functions? [9]
b) Write short note on closed hashing and Open addressing. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain chaining with replacement and chaining without replacement
in hashing? [9]
b) Write Comparison of different file organizations (sequential, index
sequential and Direct Access) [8]
[5925]-267 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-268
S.E. (Information Technology)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (214444)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figurest to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q3) a) Define Inheritance. What are the types of Inheritance? How can you
inherit a class in Java? [9]
b) What is polymorphism? Explain compile time and run time polymorphism.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between method overriding and method overloading. Explain
method overriding concept with an example. [9]
b) What is interface in java? How to declare an interface, write a syntax?
Can we achieve multiple inheritance by using interface? Justify with an
example. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is an exception? Explain the following terms with respect to
exception handling: [9]
i) try
ii) catch
iii) throw
iv) finally
b) Write a generic method to count the number of elements in a collection
that have a specific properties like odd integers, prime numbers and
palindrome. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain ArrayList class with an example. [9]
b) Write a java program to accept and display the month number. Throw
number format exception if improper month number is entered. [9]
Q7) a) Explain FileinputStream class. Write any four methods of File Input stream
class with their syntax. [9]
b) Explain following File operations using File class : [8]
i) Create a File
ii) Read from a File
iii) Write to a File
iv) Close a File
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on : [8]
i) Iterator
ii) Singleton
b) Implement a program for maintaining a database of student records using
Files. Student has Student-id, name, Roll_no, Class, marks and address.
Display the data for few students. [9]
i) Create Database
ii) Display Database
iii) Delete Records
iv) Update Record
v) Search Record
[5925]-268 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1246 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-269
S.E. (Information Technology)
BASICS OF COMPUTER NETWORK
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (214445)
Q1) a) Define controlled access and list three protocols in this category. Explain
any two protocols. [8]
b) Write short note with reference to MAC layer and Physical Layer on:[9]
i) Standard Ethernet
ii) Fast Ethernet
iii) Gigabit Ethernet
OR
Q2) a) Write short note on: [8]
i) IEEE 802.3 Standard
ii) IEEE 802.4 Standard
b) Describe different channelization techniques mentioned below in short:[9]
i) FDMA
ii) TDMA
iii) CDMA
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is the need of IPv6? Explain different types of IPv6 address. [8]
b) Explain following terms: [9]
i) Private IPv4 address
ii) Public IPv4 addresses
iii) NAT
Q5) a) Compare and contrast distance vector routing with link state routing.
List out and explain key features of EIGRP that makes it superior to
OSPF. [9]
b) What is routing? List out and explain different metrics used in various
routing protocols. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Compare and Contrast Intra Domain and Inter Domain Routing Protocols.
List out and explain key features of OSPF that makes it superior to RIP.[9]
b) What is BGP? How it avoids count to infinity problem? Explain the
difference between internal BGP and external BGP. [9]
[5925]-269 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1247 [5925]-270
[Total No. of Pages : 2
OR
Q2) a) Draw an interfacing diagram for 16X2 LCD with PIC18 F microcontroller
and explain its working. [8]
b) Write the short note on: [6]
i) ISR
ii) IVT
c) Differentiate between interrupt and polling. [4]
Q3) a) Explain the working of compare mode of CCP Module in PIC18F with
block diagram. [6]
b) Write short note on SPI protocol. [6]
c) Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous serial
communication. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail the functions of ADCON1 SFR of PIC18 microcontroller.
[7]
b) State the features of RTC. Explain function of following pins of DS1306
[7]
i) SERMODE
ii) SDI
iii) SDO
c) Find the value for the ADCON0 register if we want FOSC/8, Channel 0,
and ADON on. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of DAC0808 with PIC18FXXX.
[8]
b) Assuming that R=5 and Iref=2 mA for DAC0808, calculate Vout for
the following binary inputs: [6]
i) 10011001 (99H)
ii) 11001000 (C8H)
iii) 10001000 (88H)
c) Explain in detail the functions of following flags related to onboard
ADC of PIC18 microcontroller. [4]
i) GO/DONE
ii) ADON
OR
Q8) a) Explain CPSR register of ARM. [6]
b) Write significance of special registers R13, R14 and R15 in ARM7. [6]
c) Write short note on ARM7 processor modes. [5]
[5925]-270 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are different types of joins in SQL? Explain with suitable example.
[6]
b) Consider the following Relations. It defines the schema of the database
application for a bank. It manages the branches and customers of the
bank. Customers take loans (borrow money) or open accounts (deposit
money) at one or more branches. [8]
Branch (B_No, B_name, B_city, asset), Customer (C_No,C_Name,
C_citystreet)
Loan(Loan_no, B_name, amount), Account (Acc_No, B_name,
Balance)
Borrower (C_No, Loan_No), Depositor (C_No, Acc_No)
Answer the following queries in SQL :
1) Find the names and address of customers who have a loan.
2) Find the total amount of balance of all the accounts
3) List all the customers who are borrowers
4) Find all the accounts of “shivaji nagar” branch of Pune city.
c) What is trigger? State and explain two categories of Triggers. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Explain with suitable example SQL aggregate functions. [6]
b) Consider the following database. [6]
Doctor (Doctor_no, Doctor_name, Address, City).
Hospital (Hospital_no. Name. Street, City).
Doc_Hosp (Doctor_no, Hospital_no, Date).
Construct the following Queries in SQL.
1) Find out all Doctors who have visited to Hospital in same city in
which they live.
2) Find to which Hospital “Dr. Joshi” has visited.
3) Count no. of Doctors visited to “Shree Clinic” on 1st March 2014.
c) What is Cursor? State and explain two categories of Cursors and their
syntax. [6]
Q3) a) Define Database normalization. Explain any two normal form with
the suitable example. [8]
b) Why is query optimization important for databases? [5]
c) Explain role of “Selection” operation in query processing. [4]
OR
Q4) a) State & Explain Armstrong’s axioms& its properties. [6]
b) Define Boyce Codd normal form. How does it differ from 3NF? Why
is considered a stronger form of 3NF. [6]
c) What is query processing? Explain query processing steps with neat
sketch. [5]
[5925]-271 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1249 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-272
S.E. (Information Technology)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (214453)
Q1) a) Explain with diagram Cohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm. [6]
b) Compare homogeneous co-ordinate system and normalized co-ordinate
system. [6]
c) Show that the Transformation matrix of reflection about line y=x is
equivalent to reflection relative to x-axis followed by anticlockwise
rotation of 90 degree. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the concept of vanishing point in perspective projection? Explain
with diagram. [6]
b) Let ABCD be a rectangle window with A(20,20), B(90,20), C(90,70),
D(20,70). Find the region codes for the end points & use Cohen
Sutherland line clipping algorithm to clip the following line Q1Q2 with
Q1(10,10) and Q2(70,60). [6]
c) Explain 3D reflection about XY, YZ, and XZ plane. [6]
[5925]-272 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1250 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-273
S.E. (Information Technology)
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (214454)
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Boehm’s W5HH Principle. [5]
b) What is the difference between PERT & CPM, state their application.
What is the importance of critical path in a project? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Unit Testing? Which testing scheme is suitable to remove conflict
of interest? [9]
OR
i) JIRA
ii) Kanban
[5925]-273 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2658 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-274
S.Y. B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
BIOCHEMISTRY - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (215461)
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) Answer the following. [18]
a) Explain the nomenclature of fatty acids with suitable example.
b) Define phospholipid and classify them.
OR
OR
[5925]-274 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Determine the rate at which an air bubble of 0.5mm diameter will rise
in liquid having density 1400 kg/m3 and dynamic viscosity of 0.5 kg/m.s.
Assume that the rise of the bubble is within stokes range. Neglect
density of air and justify the assumption of stokes range. [6]
b) Write a note differential Settling method. [4]
c) Explain the different types of fluidization. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Define and Explain : [12]
i) Drag and Lift force
ii) Minimum fluidization velocity
iii) Free and Hindered settling
b) Write a note on Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications of
fluidized bed system. [6]
Q3) a) Derive “Kozeny Carman equation” for a pressure drop across packed
bed. [10]
b) Write a note on Aggregative and Particulate fluidization. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is fluidization and minimum fluidization velocity? Explain how
the pressure drop across the bed varies during fluidization. [12]
b) Write a note on Advantage and Disadvantages of fluidization. [5]
Q7) a) Calculate the operating speed of the Ball Mill from the following data:
Diameter of the ball mill = 500 mm
Diameter of ball = 50 mm.
Operating speed of the ball is 35% of critical speed. [6]
b) What is meant by screen effectiveness? What are the factors which
reduce the screen effectiveness? [5]
c) Describe two methods of screen analysis. [6]
OR
Q8) a) It is required to crush 250 tons/hr of ore. The range of the feed size is
such that 80% of the feed passes through an opening of 2.5 inch. The
product is such that 80% of it passes through an opening of 0.125
inch. Estimate the power consumption per ton of feed. [6]
Take Kb= 4.784.
b) Define and Explain Work index. Also Give Relation between Work
index and Kb. [5]
c) Differentiate between : [6]
i) Open circuit and closed circuit grinding.
ii) Ideal screen and actual screen
[5925]-275 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-276
S.E. (Biotechnology)
HEAT TRANSFER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-III) (215463)
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Define following terms: [8]
i) Absorptivity
ii) Transmitivity
iii) Reflectivity
iv) Emissivity
b) Write a short note on ‘Thermal Boundary layer and its significance. [9]
[5925]-276 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-277
S.Y. B.Tech. (Biotechnology) (Semester-III)
MICROBIOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (215464)
Q1) a) Draw a typical bacterial growth curve and label the various phases. Discuss
the factors affecting stationary phase. [9]
b) Explain bacterial enumeration techniques in microbiology? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is Biomass? Describes the methods of biomass determination.[9]
b) Write short note on Batch Cultures. [9]
Q5) a) Describe biological method for treatment of municipal waste water. [9]
b) What is symbiosis? Explain with examples. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Describe the role of microorganism in food. [9]
b) Define and explain- Nitrogen fixation, Nitrification, Denitrification. [9]
[5925]-277 2
SEAT No. :
Total No. of Questions : 8]
[Total No. of Pages : 2
PA-1254
[5925]-278
S.Y.B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
BIOCHEMISTRY - II
(2019 Pattern)(Semester-IV)(215470)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
[5925]-278 1 P.T.O.
Q5) Answer the following.
a) Enlist the enzymes involved in digestion and absorption of protein.Depict
the diagram showing digestion and absorption of protein. [9]
b) Describe the process of transport ammonia in the bloodstream by
Glutamine. [9]
OR
g g g
[5925]-278 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q3) a) With a neat labelled diagram explain the nerve cell and add a note on
neurotransmitters. [6]
b) What are the different types of epithelial tissues? Describe with labelled
diagrams. [11]
OR
Q4) a) What are stem cells? Explain the sources and applications of stem cells.
[9]
b) What are oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes? How are they involved
in growth and development of cancer? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain generation number and split ratio and its significance. [8]
b) Write a short note on cryopreservation of animal cells. If you are given a flask
with 80% confluency, write the detailed stepwise flowchart for cyropreservation
give also the flow chart for the cryopreservation and the steps involved right
from the flask with 80% confluency. [10]
OR
b) What are the different types of animal cell culture? Explain in brief. [9]
Q7) a) Which are the typical growth hormones used in plant tissue culture?[8]
b) Which are the different types of plant tissue culture methods? Describe
briefly. [9]
OR
[5925]-279 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1256 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-280
S.Y.B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
THERMODYNAMICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (215472)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3. or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Draw a neat labeled diagram of Carnot’s cycle. Explain in brief the Carnot’s
theorems. [9]
OR
Q2) During the summer months there is an increased demand for ice to cool soft
drink bottles in various shops It is desired to produce ice at 0ºC, at the rate of
5000 kg per hour, from water at 0ºC. The ambient temperature is 40ºC. To
operate the refrigerating machine it is planned to supply power from a heat
engine. The heat engine operates between the ambient atmosphere and a source
at 100ºC which is supported by solar heating panels. Calculate the minimum
power required to operate the refrigerating unit, the maximum possible
efficiency of the heat engine and the ratio of the energy rejected to the ambient
atmosphere to the energy absorbed from the water at 0ºC. The latent heat of
fusion of water at 0ºC. is 6.002 kJ/mol and the molar mass of water is
18×10–3 kg/mol. [18]
[5925]-280 1 P.T.O.
Q3) Define and explain the following terms: [17]
a) Partial Molar Properties [6]
b) Chemical Potential [6]
c) Excess Properties [5]
OR
Q4) Write a note on : [17]
a) Fugacity [8]
b) Activity [9]
Q7) Biological systems transform energy from one form to other. justify the state-
ment with any three examples. [17]
OR
Q8) a) Which biological systems are examples where the first and second laws
of thermodynamics could be applied? [8]
b) Write a brief note on the standard state in biochemistry. [9]
[5925]-280 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1257 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-281
S.Y. B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (215473)
Q3) a) Draw tRNA structure and give its functional importance in the cell. [9]
b) Define-Promoter, Enhancer, Activator. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is RNA splicing? Explain the mechanism of RNA splicing. [9]
b) Draw neat labeled diagram of ribosomes in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.[8]
[5925]-281 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define transcription. Explain Transcription cycle in bacteria. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the properties of three eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
templates. [9]
Q7) a) Define Genetic code and give general features of genetic code. [9]
OR
[5925]-281 2
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
PA-1258 [Total No. of Pages : 7
[5925]-282
S.E. (Production & Industrial Engineering)(Production -S.W/RA)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (207007)
iii) n
Cr q r iv) n
C rprq
1 1
c) Two events A and B are mutually exclusive P(A) = P B . Find the
5 3
probability that either A or B will occur. [2]
2 8
i) ii)
15 15
1 3
iii) iv)
15 5
P.T.O.
d) The value of so that the vector field
F 2 x 3 y iˆ 4 y 2 z ˆj 3 x 6 z kˆ is solenoidal is [2]
i) –6 ii) –1
iii) 1 iv) 0
e) .r is equal to
i) 2 ii) 1
iii) 0 iv) 3
2u 2u
f) The diff eqn 0 subject to condition u , y 0 with general
x 2 y 2
i) 0 ii) n
iii) 1 iv)
Q2) a) Fit a straight line of the form y = ax + b to the following data. [5]
x 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 14
y 1 2 4 4 5 7 8 9
Paper I 45 55 56 58 60 65 68 70 75 80 85
Paper II 56 50 48 60 62 64 65 70 74 82 90
[5925]-282 2
c) For the following distribution, find first four moments about the mean.[5]
x 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
f 4 36 60 90 70 40 10
OR
b) First four moments of a distribution about value 5 are, 2, 20, 40 and 50,
find first four central moments, 1 & 2 [5]
Find
Q4) a) A can hit the target 1 out of 4 times, B can hit the target 2 out of 3 times,
C can hit the target 3 out of 4 times. Find the probability the target is hit?
[5]
OR
c) The table below gives number of books issued from a certain library on
the various days of a week. [5]
Mon. 120
Tues. 130
Wed. 110
[5925]-282 4
Thurs. 115
Fri. 135
Sat. 110
x t , y t 2 , z t 3 from t = 0 to t = 1. [5]
OR
Q7) a) If the directional derivative of axy byz cxz at (1, 1, 1) has maximum
magnitude 4 in the direction parellel to X - axis, find the value of a, b, c.
[5]
b) Show that (any one) [5]
4
i) 4 er er er
r
a r a n a r
ii) n n n2
r r r
[5925]-282 5
c) Evaluate F dr
c
using Green’s theorem where
x2 y2
F 2 x cos y iˆ x 4 sin y ˆj and c is the ellipse 2 2 1, z = 0. [5]
a b
u 2u
Q8) a) Solve k if [7]
t x 2
i) u (x, t) is bounded
ii) u (0, t) = 0
iii) u (l, t) = 0
2 y 2 y
2
i) y (0, t) = 0
y
ii) 0
t t 0
iii) y , t 0
iv) y x,0 x, 0 x
OR
[5925]-282 6
Q9) a) An infinitely long uniform plate is bounded by two parallel edges in the -
y - direction and on end at right angles to them. The breadth of the plate
is . This end is maintained at temperature u0 at all points, other edges
as zero temperature. Find steady state temperature u(x, y) If it satisfies
2u 2u
0 [8]
x 2 x 2
u 2 u
2
c 0 x
t x 2
i) u (0, t) = 0 t>0
1 0 x 1
ii) u x, 0
0 x 1
[5925]-282 7
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1259 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-283
S.E. (Production&Industrial Engineering/Production-S.W)
HEAT AND FLUID ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (211081)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Draw the sketch of any boiler and explain its working. [9]
b) A boiler working at a pressure of 14 bars evaporates 8kg of water/kg of
coal burnt from the feed water entering at 39°c. The steam at the stop
value is 0.95dry. Determine the equivalent of evaporation from & at 100°c.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss boiler efficiency, equivalent of evaporation and energy balance.[9]
b) What are combustion equation and stoichiometric analysis? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) How air conditioning effects on micro and nano manufacturing? [9]
b) What are components of refrigeration system and explain its functions.[9]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss severity of refrigeration effect on environment system. [9]
b) Explain. i) Dry bulb temperature ii) Wet bulb temperature iii) Dry air &
iv) Wet air [9]
[5925]-283 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Direct stresses of 110 N/mm2 (tensile) and 50 N/mm2 (tensile) are applied
at a point in an elastic material on two mutually perpendicular planes.
Determine the allowable shear stresses on these planes if the maximum
principal stress in the material is limited to 120 N/mm2. (Graphical
Method) [6]
OR
Q4) a) A uniform metal bar has a cross - sectional area of 700 mm2. and a
length of 1.50 metre with on elastic limit of 160 N/mm2. What is the
proof resilience? Find also the maximum value of an applied load
which may be suddenly applied without exceeding the elastic limit.
Calculate the value of the gradually applied load which will produce
the same extension as that produced by the above suddenly applied
load. Take E = 2 × 105 N/mm2. [6]
b) The principal stresses at a point in a bar are 200 N/mm2 (tensile) and
100 N/mm2 (compressive). Determine the resultant stress in magnitude
and direction on a plane inclined at 60o to the axis of the major principal
stress. Also determine the maximum intensity of shear stress in the
material at the point. [6]
c) Define the terms principal plane, principal stress and angle of obliquity.
[6]
[5925]-284 2
b) Figure shows a horizontal shaft with keyed pulleys, rotating at 1800
rpm. The pulls of the tight and slack sides of the belts over the pulleys
are indicated in the figure. Neglecting the weight of the shaft and
assuming smooth bearings close to the pulleys, find the diameter of
the shaft if the shear stress in the shaft is not to exceed 60 N/mm2. [6]
[5925]-284 3
OR
Q8) a) A cantilever 150 mm wide and 200 mm deep projects 1.5 m out of
wall and carries a point load of 40 kN at a distance 1 m from the fixed
end. Find the slope and deflection of the cantilever at the free end.
Take E = 200 kN/mm2. [6]
[5925]-284 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1261 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-285
S.E. Production And Industrial Engg Production Sandwich
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES-I
(2019 Pattern) (211083) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicates full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain following lathe operations by neat sketches:
i) Facing ii) Plane turning iii) Chamfering iv) Drilling [8]
b) With the help of neat sketch, explain horizontal column and knee type
milling machine. [10]
OR
Q2) a) List out various taper turning methods on lathe machine. Explain Tail
Stock set over method with neat sketch in detail. [10]
b) State various operations performed on milling machine. Differentiate
between up milling and down milling. [8]
Q3) a) With the help of sketch, explain the construction and working of radial
drilling machine. [10]
b) Explain the standard marking system used for grinding wheels. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between multiple spindle and gang drilling machine. [8]
b) With the help of sketch, explain the construction and working of cylindrical
grinding machine. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Buffing, Lapping and Burnishing processes in short. [9]
Q7) a) What is additive manufacturing? What are its advantages and limitations?
[9]
b) Explain sheet lamination process in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Describe various applications of additive manufacturing. [8]
[5925]-285 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
OR
i) Peritectic transformation.
Q5) a) Draw and Explain the method of plotting TTT diagram and what
information is obtained from this diagram. [10]
a) Quenching.
b) Annealing.
c) Normalizing.
d) Carburizing.
OR
OR
[5925]-286 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1263 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]- 287
S.E. ( Production and Industrial Engineering/Production Sandwich)
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester-IV) (203050)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instruction to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if neccessary.
OR
Q4) a) Explain working of voltage controlled oscillator by using IC 566. [5]
b) State ideal and practical characteristics of operational amplifier. [6]
c) With the help of pin diagram,explain functions of operational amplifier.
[6]
[5925]-287 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) With a neat block diagram,explain functions of programmable logic
controller. [5]
b) Explain input and output devices with suitable example. [6]
c) What are the merits and demerits of PLC. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain input and output module of programmable logic controller. [8]
b) What are different applications of PLC. [6]
c) Explain various rules for development of ladder diagram. [4]
Q8) a) State and explain any three open source embedded platform. [8]
g g g
[5925]-287 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1264 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-288
S.E. (Production Engineering) (Sandwich)
THEORY OF MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211091)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and stem table is allowed.
OR
Q2) a) Explain different types of instantaneous centre of rotation. [8]
[5925]-288 1 P.T.O.
b) A mechanism as shown in fig. has following dimensions: OA= 200 mm,
AB = 1.5 m, BC = 600 mm, CD = 500 mm and BE = 400 mm. If crank
OA rotate uniformly at 400 rpm anticlockwise, find [10]
i) velocity of D
ii) angular velocity of link BC. Use Instantaneous centre of rotation
method.
OR
Q4) a) In slider crank mechanism, the stroke of slider is 200 mm and obliquity
ratio is 4.5. The crank rotates uniformly at 1000 rpm clockwise. When
the crank is 30° past the O.D.C. determine using analytical method [8]
i) Velocity and acceleration of piston
ii) Angular velocity and Angular acceleration of connecting rod.
b) In a reciprocating engine, crank length is 25 cm and obliquity ratio is 4.
The crank rotates uniformly at 300 rpm in clockwise. Crank is at 30°
from IDC. Using Klein’s construction method determine: [9]
i) velocity and acceleration of piston
ii) Angular velocity and angular acceleration of connecting rod.
[5925]-288 2
Q5) a) Explain different types of flat belt drive with neat sketches. [8]
b) A pulley is driven by a belt, the angle of lap being 120°. The belt is 100
mm wide by 6 mm thick and density 1000 kg/m3. If the coefficient of
friction is 0.3 and the maximum stress in belt is not to exceed 2 MPa,
find the greatest power which the belt can transmit and the corresponding
speed of belt. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Derive an expression for centrifugal tension for flat belt drive: [8]
Tc= m.v2
Where, Tc- Centrifugal tension in N,
m - mass of belt in Kg per unit length of belt,
v - velocity of belt in m/s
b) A shaft rotating at 200 rpm drives another shaft at 300 rpm and transmits
6 Kw through a belt. The belt is 100 mm wide and 10 mm thick. The
distance between the shafts is 4 m. The smaller pulley is 0.5 m in diameter.
Calculate the stress in belt, if it is cross belt drive. Take = 0.3 [10]
Q7) a) Explain in detail the self energize and self-locking brake. [8]
b) Diameter of brake drum of single block brake shown in fig is 1 m. It
sustains 280 Nm torque at 300 rpm. The coefficient of friction is 0.35
and the angle of contact is 90°. Determine the required force ‘F’ to be
applied when the rotation of drum is [9]
i) clockwise
ii) anticlockwise
Also find new value of ‘a’ for self locking of brake.
OR
[5925]-288 3
Q8) a) With the help of neat sketch, explain construction and working of epicyclic
train dynamometer. [8]
b) A band brake as shown in fig. acts on the 3/4th circumference of drum of
450 mm diameter, which is keyed to the shaft. The band brakes provides
a braking torque of 225 Nm. One end of band is attached to a fulcrum
pin of the lever and the other end to a pin, 100 mm from fulcrum. If the
operating force is applied at 500mm from fulcrum and coefficient of
friction is 0.25. Find operating force when the drum rotates in [9]
i) Anticlockwise direction
ii) Clockwise direction.
[5925]-288 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-289
S.E. (Production and Industrial Engg. & Production
Sandwich)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211092)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
2) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Discuss the different types of threads used in power screw. [6]
b) Define lead angle, major diameter, lead and pitch in terms of power screw.
[4]
c) The lead screw of a lathe has Acme threads of 50 mm outside diameter
and 8 mm pitch. The screw must exert an axial pressure of 2500 N in
order to drive the tool carriage. The thrust is carried on a collar 110 mm
outside diameter and 55 mm inside diameter and the lead screw rotates
at 30 r.p.m. Determine (a) the power required to drive the screw; and (b)
the efficiency of the lead screw. Assume a coefficient of friction of 0.15
for the screw and 0.12 for the collar. [8]
OR
Q2) a) A vertical two start square threaded screw of a 100 mm mean diameter
and 20 mm pitch supports a vertical load of 18 kN. The axial thrust on
the screw is taken by a collar bearing of 250 mm outside diameter and
100 mm inside diameter. Find the force required at the end of a lever
which is 400 mm long in order to lift and lower the load. The coefficient
of friction for the vertical screw and nut is 0.15 and that for collar bearing
is 0.20. [8]
b) Define core diameter, minor diameter, left hand screw and Multiple thread
screw in terms of power screw. [4]
c) What is meant by power screw? Give its advantages, disadvantages and
applications. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is meant by springs? Explain different types of springs. [6]
b) Solid length, Free length, Spring index and Spring rate in terms of spring.
[4]
c) A helical spring is made from a wire of 6 mm diameter and has outside
diameter of 75 mm. If the permissible shear stress is 350 MPa and
modulus of rigidity 84 kN/mm2, find the axial load which the spring can
carry and the deflection per active turn. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the Surge in Springs. [6]
b) Give any 2 applications of springs and any 2 material required for
manufacturing of springs. [4]
c) Design a spring for a balance to measure 0 to 1000 N over a scale of
length 80 mm. The spring is to be enclosed in a casing of 25 mm diameter.
The approximate number of turns is 30. The modulus of rigidity is 85
kN/mm2. Also calculate the maximum shear stress induced. [8]
Q5) a) What is spur gear? Enlist any 2 applications of spur gear and Give its
detail classification. [9]
b) A bronze spur pinion rotating at 600 r.p.m. drives a cast iron spur gear at
a transmission ratio of 4:1. The allowable static stresses for the bronze
pinion and cast iron gear are 84 MPa and 105 MPa respectively. The
pinion has 16 standard 20° full depth involute teeth of module 8 mm.
The face width of both the gears is 90 mm. Find the power that can be
transmitted from the standpoint of strength. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Define the terms in respective of spur gears: Module, Addendum, Pitch
circle diameter and Backlash. [4]
b) Discuss the Causes of Gear Tooth Failure. [5]
c) The following particulars of a single reduction spur gear are given:
Gear ratio = 10:1; Distance between centres = 660 mm approximately;
Pinion transmits 500 kW at 1800 r.p.m.; Involute teeth of standard
proportions (addendum = m) with pressure angle of 22.5°; Permissible
normal pressure between teeth = 175 N per mm of width. Find : [8]
i) The nearest standard module if no interference is to occur;
ii) The number of teeth on each wheel;
iii) The necessary width of the pinion; and
iv) The load on the bearings of the wheels due to power transmitted.
[5925]-289 2
Q7) a) What are rolling contact bearings? Discuss their advantages over sliding
contact bearings. [4]
b) Write short note on classifications and different types of antifriction
bearings. [5]
c) A shaft rotating at constant speed is subjected to variable load. The
bearings supporting the shaft are subjected to stationary equivalent radial
load of 3 kN for 10 per cent of time, 2 kN for 20 per cent of time, 1 kN
for 30 per cent of time and no load for remaining time of cycle. If the
total life expected for the bearing is 20 × 106 revolutions at 95 per cent
reliability, calculate dynamic load rating of the ball bearing. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Where are the angular contact and self-aligning ball bearings used? Draw
neat sketches of these bearings. [7]
b) How do you express the life of a bearing? What is an average or median
life? [6]
c) Explain how the following factors influence the life of a bearing : [4]
i) Load
ii) Speed
iii) Temperature
iv) Reliability
[5925]-289 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1266 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-290
S.E. (Production/Industrial Engineering)
ADVANCED MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211093)
[5925]-290 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1267 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-291
S.E. (Production & Industrial Engineering/ Production- S/W)
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT (2019
Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211094)
OR
b) Describe different types of plant layout with sketch. Which type of layout
should be used for cotton mill? Why? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What are various production systems? How they are classified. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss concept of wages. [9]
OR
b) Why time study is required. State any one time study technique. [10]
OR
[5925]-291 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1268 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-292
S.E. (Production Sandwich)
MANUFACTURING PROCESS - II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211121)
Q1) a) Elaborate part programming in detail with any suitable example. [9]
OR
Q3) a) Describe the pipe extrusion method with a labeled sketch. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the plastics moulding compound selection procedure and required
material properties for the production of a shampoo bottle with
justification. [9]
b) Select the material and process for manufacture of 5 litre oil can with
labelled sketch and justification. [8]
[5925]-292 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram construction and working of LBM processes.
[9]
OR
Q7) a) Explain 3-2-1 locating concept using pins with suitable sketches. [9]
b) Explain the term Redundant Location and what are the functions of spring
locating buttons and pins? [9]
OR
Q8) a) What are various clamping devices? Explain these with the aid of suitable
sketches. [9]
[5925]-292 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-4249 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-293
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
THEORY OF PRINTING MACHINE AND MACHINE
COMPONENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (202060)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q3) a) With the help of neat sketch explain single black brake. [5]
b) Explain self-locking and self-energizing condition for differential band
brake. [5]
c) A bicycle and rider of mass 120 kg are travelling at a speed of 15 km/hr
on a level road. The rider applies brake to the rear wheel which is 0.9 m
diameter. How For bicycle will travel before it comes to rest? Pressure
applied 100N and u = 0.05. Also find number of revolutions. [8]
Q5) Figure shows a toggle mechanism in which the crank OA rotates at 120 rpm
Find the velocity and the acceleration of the slider at D. [18]
[5925]-293 2
Q6) In the slider-crank mechanism shown in figure, the block P reciprocates along
the fixed line CD. The Crank OA rotates clockwise at a uniform speed of 150
rpm. The dimensions of the links (in mm) are OA = AB 250; AP = 400; For the
given configuration, find the velocity and acceleration of the block - P. [17]
Q7) a) Draw and explain the KLEIN’s construction for the velocity diagram of a
reciprocating engine mechanism? With this construction, how do you
find the velocities of the piston and connecting rod in terms of the uniform
angular velocity of the crank? [9]
b) Consider a reciprocating engine mechanism in which the crank OA rotates
at 100 rpm clockwise and OA has turned through 40° from its IDC position
The crank length is 40 mm and the connecting rod is 100 mm long. Find
the linear velocity and acceleration of the piston and the angular velocity
and angular acceleration of the connecting rod. [9]
[5925]-293 3
Q8) In a mechanism shown in Fig. 4, the link PQ is free to turn about the end P. at
the same time it freely slides in a slotted trunnion R. The slotted trunnion is
carried on the second link ST which is freely slides vertically in the guides.
Draw the velocity and acceleration diagram at instant when PQ makes an angle
45 to the horizontal and rotating with angular velocity of 50 rad/sec. in the
anticlockwise direction. Hence determine the velocity and acceleration of the
link ST. [17]
[5925]-293 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1270 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-295
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
MATERIAL SCIENCE IN PRINTING AND PACKAGING
(2019 Pattern) (208282) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Draw neat and labelled diagram of paper making machine and explain the
process in details. [18]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between surface tension and surface energy. [9]
b) Explain any two method of identification of plastics. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) What are varieties of corrugated ply? Explain each with details and state
applications. [18]
OR
Q6) a) Explain any 3 varieties of plastics with their applications. [9]
b) What is thermoset plastic, explain its application. [9]
Q7) What is FBB? Explain its properties and applications. What is SBS? Explain
its properties and applications. [17]
OR
Q8) Write down any 4 properties of paperboard along with its application. [17]
[5925]-295 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1271 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-296
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
PRINTING DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (208283) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
P.T.O.
Q3) Draw the clocked JK flip flop circuit explain its function table and timing
diagram. [17]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain 3 bit asynchronous up counters. [6]
b) Draw the circuits of any two combinational circuits. [6]
c) Depict any type of shift register in detail. [5]
Q5) What is ADC? Describe its specification and Explain any one type of ADC
with neat diagram. [18]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on PLA and PAL. [6]
b) Explain any two types of memories. [6]
c) Describe 7 segment display and its decode IC. [6]
[5925]-296 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1272 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-297
S.E. (Printing Engineering and Graphic Communication)
ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND UTILIZATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (203155)
Q1) a) Explain any one method of speed control of 3 phase induction motor.[9]
b) An 18.65 kW, 4 pole, 3 phase, 50 Hz Induction motor has friction and
windage losses are 2.5% of output. The full load slip is 4%. Calculate
rotor copper loss, rotor input and shaft torque of the motor. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Draw Torque-Slip characteristic with modes of operation. [9]
b) The power input to a 3 phase induction motor is 60 kW. The stator
losses are 1 kW. Find the mechanical power developed and rotor copper
loss per phase. [9]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain types of lighting scheme. [9]
OR
OR
[5925]-297 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1273 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-298
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
FINISHING TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (208286)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q7) a) Calculate papers for endpapers in Quad royal size for 10000 books in
royal 8vo size with 1% wastage allowances. [6]
b) Calculate boards of 90Dkg of 22”X28” for 1000 books in A5 size. [6]
c) Calculate cost of endpapers in RAl size with 90 GSM @ Rs 75 per Kg
for 2000 books in A5 size having 240 pages with 2% wastage allowance.
[6]
OR
Q8) a) Calculate papers for endpapers in double crown size for 5000 books in
crown 8vo size with 1%. [6]
b) Estimate boards of 90Dkg in RAl size for 10000 books in A5 size. [6]
c) Calculate cost of papers for endpapers in 2RA0 size with 70 gsm @
Rs. 70 per kg for 5000 books in A5 size. [6]
[5925]-298 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-299
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
INTRODUCTION TO PACKAGING CONCEPTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (208287)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if required.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q5) a) Write down the checklist of the items to be considered for quality control.
[9]
b) Explain quality standard aspects in packaging. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is the need of quality control in packaging. [9]
b) Which ISO standards are important in packaging industry. [9]
[5925]-299 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1275 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-300
S.E. (Printing Engineering)
MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
TECHNIQUES IN PRINTING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (208288)
Q3) Explain the instruction types of 8051 with one examples of each type. [17]
OR
Q4) a) Write the short note on special function registers of 8051. [5]
b) Explain following instructions in microcontroller 8051 (Any six). [12]
i) MOV A, P3
ii) ADD A,#80H
iii) MOV R0,32
iv) INC A
v) DIV AB
vi) MUL AB
vii) MOV DPTR,#01F00H
viii) SUB R0, @R1
ix) MOVX A, @DPTR
[5925]-300 1 P.T.O.
Q5) Distinguish between the modes of 8255. [18]
OR
Q7) Explain the interfacing concept and describe the Interfacing of printer with
8085. [17]
OR
Q8) Explain the use of microprocessor and microcontroller in the printing industry.
[17]
[5925]-300 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1276 [Total No. of Pages : 1
[5925]-301
S.E. (Printing Engg.)
PRINT PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (208289)
Q1) a) What is Digital Halftone? What are the advantages of Halftone process.[10]
b) Explain Hybrid Screening. [8]
OR
Q2) Draw the diagram and explain Subtractive Color Model for C,M,Y, C + M,
M + Y, Y + C, C + M + Y. [18]
Q3) What is dot gain curve? What is the dot compensation curve? [17]
OR
Q4) What is Plate Linearization process? Explain in details the importance of plate
Linearization. [17]
Q5) Explain Trapping, Hue Error, Grayness, and Print Contrast with diagrams and
equations. [18]
OR
Q6) Draw and explain a dot variation stripe. Also explain the necessity of Dot
compensation Curve. [18]
Q7) Draw and explain the production workflow from Design to Delivery. Also
explain what is production strategy. [17]
OR
Q8) What is Gantt chart. Create a Gantt Chart for Book Typesetting Company.
Job Delivery time is 15 days, Manuscript pages are 700, Images are 100 Line
arts and 150 Hafltone, the job is currently in proof reading department. In
Gantt chart, mark number of days assigned to each task and how the job will
be completed in 15 days time. [17]
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1277 [5925]-302
[Total No. of Pages : 4
Q1) a) A hollow rectangular beam section square in size having outer dimensions
120 × 120 mm with uniform thickness of material 20 mm is carrying a
shear force of 125 kN. Calculate the maximum shear stress induced in
the section also draw the shear stress distribution diagram. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A steel shaft of 960 mm diameter is required to transmit 240 kW power
at 240 r.p.m. and maximum torque is 40% greater than the mean
torque.Find the maximum allowable stress in the shaft material. [9]
OR
Q4) a) A hollow shaft transmits 100 kW at 120 r.p.m. Allowable shear stress in
material is 50N/mm2. Shaft shall not twist 2° in 1 m length. Ratio of
internal diameter to external diameter is 0.25 Take G = 80 kN/mm2.
Maximum torque 15% more than mean torque. Calculate maximum
external diameter of a shaft. [9]
[5925]-302 2
b) A solid circular shaft is subjected to a bending moment of 45 kNm and a
torque of 15 kNm. Design the diameter of the shaft according to: [9]
i) Maximum principal stress theory
ii) Maximum shear stress theory
iii) Maximum strain energy theory
Take =0.25, Stress at elastic limit = 200 MPa and factor of safety is 2.
OR
Q6) a) At a point in a strained material, there are two mutually perpendicular
stresses of 30 MPa and 70 MPa, both tensile. They are accompanied by
a shear stress of 20 MPa. Determine principal plane and principal stresses.
Use Mohr’s stress circle method only. [9]
[5925]-302 3
b) A segment of a generator shaft is subjected to a torque T and an axial
force P, as shown in the Fig.2. The hollow shaft having outer diameter
d2=280 mm and inner diameter d1=230 mm and delivers 1800 kW at 4.0
Hz. If the compressive force, P=525 kN. What are the maximum tensile,
compressive and shear stresses in the shaft? [9]
OR
Q8) a) A hollow rectangular section is having external size 600 mm × 550 mm
and internal size 500 mm × 450 mm. It carries a vertical load of 110 kN at
the outer edge of the column on X-axis. Calculate maximum and minimum
intensities of stress in the section. Assume 600 mm side horizontal. [8]
b) Determine the Principal stress in the beam at point A as shown in Fig.3.
[9]
[5925]-302 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1278 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-303
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile & Mechanical/ Mechanical-S.W/
Automation &Robotics)
SOLID MODELING & DRAFTING
(2019 Pattern) (202042) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of electronic scientific pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable daa, if necessary.
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A triangle with vertices P(5, 0), Q(9, 0) and R(9, 5) has undergone
reflection about line y = x. Find the concatenated transformation matrix
and then find new coordinates of triangle PQR using transformation
matrix. [11]
OR
b) The coordinates of the center of the circle in WCS are [3, 4.5]. Find the
coordinates of the center of the circle with respect to MCS. The orientation
of WCS and MCS are shown below in Fig Q4b. [10]
OR
[5925]-303 2
Q7) a) Explain Product and Manufacturing Information (PMI) and its importance
in detail. [10]
OR
[5925]-303 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1279 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-304
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile & Mechanical/Mechanical-S.W)
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS (2019 Pattern)
(Semester-II) (202043)
Q1) a) Explain the terms Available energy, Unavailable energy and Availability.[6]
b) What do you mean by ‘Clausius inequality’? [6]
c) Steam expands adiabatically in a turbine from 20 bar, 400°C to 4 bar,
250°C. calculate: [5]
i) The isentropic efficiency of the process;
ii) The loss of availability of the system assuming an atmospheric
temperature of 20°C. The changes in K.E. and P.E. may be neglected.
OR
Q2) a) Prove that entropy is a property of a system [6]
b) 300 kJ/s of heat is supplied at a constant fixed temperature of 290°C to a
heat engine. The heat rejection takes place at 8.5°C. The following results
were obtained: [6]
i) 215 kJ/s are rejected.
ii) 150 kJ/s are rejected.
iii) 75 kJ/s are rejected.
Classify which of the result report a reversible cycle or irreversible cycle
or impossible results.
c) 3 kg of gas (cv=0.81 kJ/kg K) initially at 2.5 bar and 400 K receives 600
kJ of heat from an infinite source at 1200 K. If the surrounding temperature
is 290 K, find the loss in available energy due to above heat transfer. [5]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A vessel having a capacity of 0.05 m3 contains a mixture of saturated
water and saturated steam at a temperature of 245°C. The mass of the
liquid present is 10 kg. [6]
Find the following:
i) The pressure
ii) The mass
iii) The specific volume
iv) The specific enthalpy
v) The specific entropy and
vi) The specific internal energy
b) Draw p-v, T-s and h-s diagram for Rankine cycle. [6]
c) Explain the Limitations of Carnot Cycle. [5]
OR
Q4) a) p-V-T (Pressure-Volume-Temperature) surface for pure substance. [6]
b) A vessel having a volume of 0.6 m3 contains 3.0 kg of liquid water and
water vapour mixture in equilibrium at a pressure of 0.5 MPa. Calculate. [6]
i) Mass and volume of liquid;
ii) Mass and volume of vapour.
c) Compare Rankine Cycle and Carnot Cycle. [5]
[5925]-304 2
Q6) a) The gravimetric analysis of a sample of coal is given as 82% C, 10% H2
and 8% ash. Calculate: The stoichiometric A/F ratio and the analysis of
the products by volume. [6]
b) The chemical formula for alcohol is C2H6O. Calculate the stoichiometric
air/fuel ratio by mass and the percentage composition of the products of
combustion per kg of C2H6O. [6]
c) Explain adiabatic flame temperature? [6]
[5925]-304 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1280 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-305
S.E. (Mechanical/Automation & Robotics Engg.)
ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND METALLURGY
(2019 Pattern) (202044) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Define the following with the help of a neat sketch. [5]
i) Ordered Substitutional Solid Solution
ii) Disordered Substitutional Solid Solution
b) What is meant by a binary Solid Solution alloy, draw the cooling curve of
a typical solid solution alloy. [5]
b) What is Gibb’s phase rule? Explain the various terms involved in it. [5]
c) Describe the induction hardening technique and its two advantages and
two disadvantages over flame hardening. [7]
OR
Q4) a) What is retained austenite? Write any two advantages and one disadvantage
of Retained austenite in hardened steel? [5]
Q5) a) What is the content of carbon in Low Carbon Steel? State two Properties
and two applications of Low Carbon Steel. [5]
[5925]-305 2
b) What type of stainless steel would you prefer for the following and Why?
[5]
i) Razor Blades
ii) Wrist watches
c) Explain the manufacturing process of a Malleable Cast Iron with the help
of a Time – Temperature plot. State any four applications of Malleable
Cast Iron. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is the content of carbon in High Carbon Steel? State two Properties
and two applications of High Carbon Steel. [5]
b) State the composition of the following steels which are designated as per
Indian standard Designation system. [5]
i) 25 C5
ii) 35 Mn 1 S l8
Q7) a) What is 85-5-5-5 bronze? State any three applications of it. [5]
b) What is the percentage of Zinc in Gilding metals? State any four uses of
Gilding metals. [5]
OR
[5925]-305 3
Q8) a) What are bearing materials? Give the composition of the following bearing
material. [5]
i) White Metal Alloys
ii) Copper-Lead Alloys
b) List any two materials that are commonly used in additive manufacturing.
Also, for each of them, mention two areas of Application. [5]
[5925]-305 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1281 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-306
S.E. (Automobile &Mechanical/Mechanical Sandwich)
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (203156) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Question 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Derive the emf equation of a DC machine and explain the significance of
emf induced in a DC motor. [6]
b) A 220 V, DC shunt motor runs at 1000 rpm when the armature current is
25 A. Calculate the speed if the torque developed is doubled. Given that
armature resistance is 0.25 [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Derive the expression for the torque developed in a three phase induction
motor under running conditions. [6]
b) A 6 pole, 50 Hz, three phase induction motor running on full load with
4% slip develops a torque of 149.3 N-m at its pulley rim. The friction and
windage losses are 200 W and the stator copper and iron losses equal
1620 W. Calculate i) output power ii) rotor copper losses and iii) %
efficiency at full load. [6]
c) Explain the operation of star-delta starter for a three phase induction
motor with neat schematic. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics for the three phase
induction motor. [6]
c) Differentiate between slip ring and squirrel cage induction motor. [5]
Q5) a) State and explain the components and subsystems of Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV). [6]
c) Draw and explain Vehicle to Grid (V2G) technology with the help of
suitable block diagram. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Compare the series and parallel configurations of Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV). [6]
[5925]-306 2
Q7) a) Write voltage, specific energy, C-rate, cycle life, thermal runaway and
applications of LFP battery. [6]
OR
b) Explain the operation of a BLDC motor drive for an EV with the help of
a block diagram. [6]
[5925]-306 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1282 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-307
S.E. (Automobile & Mechanical/Mechanical/
Mechanical Sandwich/Automation & Robotics)
KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (202047)
OR
Q2) a) Explain coriolis acceleration with neat sketch. [5]
P.T.O.
i) Linear velocity of points B, C and D.
ii) Angular velocity of links AB, BC and CD.
[5925]-307 2
Q5) a) What do you mean by interference and undercut? [7]
Define :
i) Helix angle
ii) Transverse circular pitch
iii) Transverse module
b) A pair of spur gears with involute teeth is to a gear ratio of 4 : 1. The arc
of approach is not to be less than the circular pitch and smaller wheel is
the driver. The angle of pressure is 14.5º. [11]
Find : i) the least number of teeth that can be used on each wheel and
ii) the addendum of the wheel in terms of the circular pitch?
OR
Q6) a) What do you understand by ‘gear train’? Discuss the various types of
gear trains. [4]
b) An epicyclic gear consists of three gears A, B and C as shown in Fig.
The gear A has 72 internal teeth and gear C has 32 external teeth. The
gear B meshes with both A and C and is carried on an arm EF which
rotates about the centre of A at 18 r.p.m. If the gear A is fixed, determine
the speed of gears B anc C. [14]
Q7) a) What are the various types of automation? Explain them. [5]
b) A cam is to be designed for a knife edge follower with the following data :
[12]
i) Cam lift = 40 mm during 90º of cam rotation with simple harmonic
motion.
ii) Dwell for the next 30º.
iii) During the next 60º of cam rotation, the follower returns to its original
position with simple harmonic motion.
iv) Dwell during the remining 180º.
The radius of the base circle of the cam is 40 mm.
Draw the profile of the cam when the line of stroke of the follower
passes through the axis of the cam shaft.
OR
[5925]-307 3
Q8) a) What are the benefits of automated production lines? [5]
i) To raise the valve through 50mm during 120º rotation of the cam;
iv) To keep the valve closed during rest of the revolution i.e. 150º;
The diameter of the roller is 20 mm and the diameter of the cam shaft is
25 mm. Draw the profile of the cam when the line of stroke of the valve
rod passes through the axis of the cam shaft.
[5925]-307 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1283 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-308
S.E. (Automation and Robotics)
PRINCIPLES OF ROBOTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (202524)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume suitable/ standard data if necessary.
Q1) a) Classify the robot end-effector from the view point of control. Sketch
and explain a cam actuated gripper used for robots. [4]
b) Discuss the functions of manipulators. Sketch and explain a pneumatic
manipulator control circuits used for robots. [6]
c) Distinguish between two-point and three-point centering of robot gripper.
Explain any two types of grippers used for robots. [8]
OR
Q2) a) How is a robot end-effector specified? Discuss the design considerations
in the robot end-of-the-arm tooling. [4]
b) Suggest which type of gripper is suitable for following application and
justify. [6]
i) Medical applications
ii) Pick & Place
c) Write short notes on: [8]
i) Magnetic grippers.
ii) Soft Robotic Grippers.
Q3) a) Explain sensor selection and design consideration for robotic application.
[4]
b) Discuss response, accuracy and sensitivity in relation to robot sensors.
Explain the working of proximity and range sensors. [6]
c) Distinguish between tactile and no-tactile sensors. Sketch and explain
the working of an acoustic sensor. [7]
OR
[5925]-308 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the different types of sensor? Classify them. Sketch and explain
the use of torque sensor. [4]
b) What are safety sensors? Discuss the use of light curtain in industrial
robots. [6]
c) Distinguish between absolute and incremental encoders. Sketch and
explain the working of optical encoder and specify its application. [7]
[5925]-308 2
Q7) a) Discuss the relative merits and demerits of different textual robot
languages. Explain the different program instructions. [4]
b) Write a program to write below letters by Robot using VAL Language.
[6]
[5925]-308 3
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
[5925]-309
S.E. (Automation & Robotics) (Semester - IV)
FLUID AND THERMAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (202523)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions from the following
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume Suitable/Standard data jf necessary.
OR
Q2) a) Derive an expression for Dupit’s equation? Explain the concept of
equivalent pipe for pipes in parallel. [9]
b) Two reservoirs containing water have difference of levels of 70m and are
connected by a 250mm diameter pipe which is 4 km long. The pipe is
tapped midway between reservoirs and water is drawn at rate of 0.04 m3/
sec. Assuming friction factor =0.04, determine rate at which water enters
in the lower reservoir. [9]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of: i) Electric Actuator
ii) Globe Valve. [8]
b) Write a short note on: Ball Valve. [9]
[5925]-309 2
Q8) a) How the thermal conductivity varies with temperature. [9]
b) A kitchen oven has its maximum temperature set at 300°C where as the
temperature in the kitchen may vary from 20°C to 35°C due to seasonal
variation. Workout the necessary thickness of fibre glass
(K= 0.035W/°C) insulation to ensure that the outside temperature of oven
does not exceed 40°C. The average heat transfer coefficient between the
outside over surface and the kitchen air is 10W/m2°C. Neglect the thermal
resistance of metal wall and pressure that steady conditions prevail. [9]
[5925]-309 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2632 [5925]- 310
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Explain with neat sketch any two sheet metal operations. [8]
OR
Determine:
OR
OR
[5925]-310 2
Q7) a) Explain with figure Spray lay-up process. [6]
OR
[5925]-310 3
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
PA-1285 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-311
S.E. (Automobile & Mechanical/Automation & Robotics/
Mechatronics /Mechanical /Mechanical Sandwich)
Q1) a) The first four moments of a distribution about mean of the variable are 0,
2, 0 and 11. Then β2 = [2]
i) 2.5 ii) 2.3999
iii) 2.75 iv) 0.5987
b) If F = ( x 2 y ) iˆ + ( xyz ) ˆj + ( z 2 y ) kˆ then curl F at (1, 1, 2) is [2]
i) 5iˆ + ˆj ii) 3iˆ + ˆj + kˆ
iii) 3iˆ + kˆ iv) 3iˆ + ˆj
∂u 2 ∂ u
2
Q2) a) Fit a straight line of the Form y = ax + b to the following data. [5]
x 1 3 4 5 6 8
y –3 1 3 5 7 11
b) Calculate the first four moments about the mean of the following
distribution. [5]
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
F 6 15 23 42 62 60 40 24 13 5
c) Find the coefficient of correlation for the following table. [5]
x 10 14 18 22 26 30
y 18 12 24 6 30 36
OR
Q3) a) Fit a straight line to the following data. [5]
x 0 5 10 15 20 25
y 12 15 17 22 24 30
b) First four moments of a distribution about value 4 are –1.5, 17, –30 and
108. Find the first four moments about mean β1 & β2. [5]
c) Obtain the regression lines for the following table. [5]
x 6 2 10 4 8
y 9 11 5 8 7
Q4) a) From 20 tickets marked 1 to 20, one ticket is drawn at random. Find the
probability that it is marked with multiple of 3 or 5. [5]
b) A fair coin is tossed 6 times. Find a probability of getting: [5]
i) at least four heads
ii) not heads
c) Assuming that the distance of 1000 brass plugs taken consecutively from
machine from a normal distribution with mean 0.7515 cm and standard
deviation 0.0020 cm. How many of the plugs are likely to be approved if
the acceptable diameter is 0.752 ± 0.004 cm. (Given Area = 0.478 for
z = 2.25 and Area 0.4599 for z = 1.75). [5]
OR
[5925]-311 2
Q5) a) A can hit the target 1 out of 4 times. B can hit 2 out of 3 times. C can hit
the target 3 out of 4 times. Find the probability that at least 2 hit the
target. [5]
b) In a certain factory turning out razor blades there is a small chance of
1
for any blade to be defective. The blades are supplied in a pack of
500
10. Use Poisson distribution to calculate the approximate number of
packets containing no defective and two defective blades, in a
consignment of 10,000 packets. [5]
c) Among 64 off spring of a certain cross between European horses, 34
were red, 10 were black and 20 were white. According to a genetic
model, these numbers should be in the ratio 9 : 3 : 4. Is the data consistant
with the model at 5% level of significance ( χ v2−1,0.05 = 5.99 ) . [5]
xy dx + y dy .
2
[5]
c
OR
Q7) a) Using Stoke’s theorem evaluate ∇ × F⋅ N
ˆ ds where F = 3yi − xz 2 j + yz 2 k
s
[5925]-311 3
Q8) a) A homogeneous rod of conducting material of length 100 cm has its
ends kept at zero temperature and the temperature initially is [8]
u ( x,0 ) = x, 0 ≤ x ≤ 50,
= 100 − x, 50 ≤ x ≤ 100.
∂2 y 2 ∂ y
2
ii) y ( l , t ) = 0, ∀t
∂y
iii) =0
∂t t =0
3a 2l
iv) y ( x,0 ) = x, 0≤ x≤
2l 3
3a 2l
= (l − x), ≤ x≤l
l 3
OR
∂ 2u ∂ 2u
Q9) a) Solve the equation + = 0 subject to [8]
∂x 2 ∂y 2
i) u = 0 when y → ∞ for all x
ii) u = 0 when x = 0 for all y
iii) u = 0 when x = l for all y
iv) u = x(1 – x) when y = 0 for 0 < x < 1.
b) The initial temperature along the length of an infinite bar is given by
u ( x,0 ) = 2, x <1
= 0, x > 1 . If the temperature u ( x, t ) satisfies the equation
∂u ∂ 2u
= , − ∞ < x < ∞, t > 0, find the temperature at any point of the
∂t ∂x 2
bar at time t. [7]
[5925]-311 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
c) An aluminium sphere having radius 0.0809m and initially at
temperature of 350°C is suddenly immersed in a fluid at 30°C with
convection coefficient of 60 W/m2 K. Estimate the time required to
cool the sphere to 100°C. [5]
Take thermo physical properties as C = 900 J/kg.K,
ρ = 2700 kg/m3, k = 205 W/mK
OR
Q4) a) Explain variation of thermal conductivity of metals and non-metals
with temperature. [5]
b) What is principal assumption in the lumped system analysis and when
is it applicable? [5]
c) A steel pipe with 50 mm OD is covered with a 6.4 mm asbestos
insulation [k = 0.166 W/mk] followed by a 25 mm layer of fiber-glass
insulation [k = 0.0485 W/mK]. The pipe wall temperature is 393 K
and outside insulation temperature is 311 K. Calculate the interface
temperature between the asbestos and fiber-glass. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the six regimes of pool boiling with the help of neat curve. [8]
b) In a certain double pipe heat exchanger hot water flows at rate of
50000 kg/hr and gets cooled from 95°C to 65°C. At the same time
50000 kg/hr of cooling water at 30°C enters the heat exchanger. The
flow conditions are such that overall heat transfer coefficient remains
constant at 2270 W/m2 K. Determine the heat transfer area required
and the effectiveness, assuming two streams are in parallel flow. Assume
for the both the streams cp = 4.2 kJ/kg K. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Derive an expression for LMTD for counter flow heat exchanger with
neat sketch. [7]
b) An oil cooler for a lubrication system has to cool 1000 kg/hr of oil
(cp = 2.09 kJ/kg °C) from 80°C to 40°C by using a cooling water flow
of 1000 kg/hr at 30°C. Give your choice for a parallel flow or counter
flow heat exchanger, with reasons. Calculate the surface area of the
heat exchanger, if the overall heat transfer coefficient is 24 W/m2 °C.
Take cp of water = 4.18 kJ/kg°C. [8]
c) Classify heat exchangers in brief. [3]
[5925]-313 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-314
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (217543)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Draw and explain SR flipflop using NAND gates with Timing diagram.
[9]
b) Explain with neat diagram working of serial-in serial-out 4-bit shift register.
Draw necessary timing diagram. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Design MOD-5 synchronous counter using JK-Flip-Flops. [9]
b) Design a sequence generator to generate a pulse train 110011 using
D-Flip-Flop. [9]
Q3) a) What is ASM chart? Give its applications & advantages? [8]
b) Draw the ASM chart for the following State Machine. A 2-bit up-counter
is to be designed with enable signal ‘X’. If X = 0, then counter changes
the state as 00-01-10-11-00. If X=1 the counter remains in the same
state. Design the circuit using JK-FF & suitable MUX. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Implement full adder circuit using suitable PLA. [8]
b) Design BCD to Excess -3 code converter using PAL. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with the help of circuit diagram 2-input TTL NAND gate with
Totem pole output driver. Write advantages of Totem-Pole output. [9]
b) Draw and explain the circuit diagram of CMOS inverter. Give advantages
& disadvantages of CMOS. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw three input standard TTL NAND gate circuit & explain its operation.
Give disadvantages of Totem-Pole output. [9]
b) Draw and explain the working of 2-input CMOS NOR gate. Give
characteristics of CMOS. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the System Bus, Data Bus, Address Bus, Control Bus. [8]
b) Draw & explain the basic building blocks of an ideal microprocessor-
based system with the help of neat diagram with its characteristics. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe semi-conductor memory organization & operation. [8]
b) Write short note on ALU. Give the applications of Microprocessor. [9]
[5925]-314 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q2) a) The cantilever beam with cross section 50 mm wide and 150 mm deep
is 3 m long and loaded by an end force of 10 KN. The material is steel
with E = 210 GPa. Find the maximum deflection of the beam and
maximum stress. Take E = 200GPa. [6]
b) Derive the relation between Maximum shear stress and avg. Shear stress.
[4]
P.T.O.
c) A simply supported beam as shown in fig.1, of 3m span carries two
point load of 120 KN at distance 0.6 m and 2 m from the left support.
If for the beam 1 = 16 × 100 mm4 and E = 2 × 105 N/mm2, Calculate
the deflection under loads using Macaulay’s Method. [8]
Fig. 1
Q3) a) A hollow circular shaft has an external diameter of 100 mm and internal
diameter of 80 mm. Find the safe power that can be transmitted if
allowable shear stress is 100 MPa. and maximum angle of twist is 3°
for 2 m length. Take speed of shaft = 2.5 revolutions per second and
maximum torque to exceed by mean torque by 20 % Take G = 80
GPa. [8]
b) A mild steel tube 22 mm diameter and 3 mm thick is 2 m long. It is
used as a strut, hinged at two ends. Calculate the crippling load by
Euler’s formula. Assume E = 200 Gpa. [5]
c) Explain the limitations of Euler’s Buckling theory. [4]
OR
b) Find the shortest length ‘L’ for a pin ended steel column 60 mm × 100 mm
in cross section for which Euler’s formula is applicable. Take E is
equal to 200 Gpa and proportional limit is equal to 250 Mpa. [5]
c) What are the assumptions made in the analysis of struts and columns
by Euler’s Bucking theory. [4]
[5925]-315 2
Q5) a) A plane element is subjected to stresses as shown in fig. 2. Determine
the principal stresses maximum shear stress and position of principal
plane. [9]
Fig. 2
b) The stresses on two mutually perpendicular planes through a point in
a body are 30 Mpa and 15 Mpa both tensile along with shear stress of
25 Mpa. Find : [8]
i) Magnitude and direction of principal stresses
ii) Maximum shear stress and their planes
iii) Normal and shear stresses on the planes of maximum shearing
stress. Use Mohr’s circle method.
OR
Q6) a) A solid circular shaft made from plain carbon carbon steel with a yield
point of 250 MPa. is subjected to a peak bending moment of 530 N-m.
due to transverse loading and twisting moment of 600 N-m. For a
factor of safety 3. Determine required diameter of shaft using. [9]
i) Maximum Normal Stress Theory
ii) Maximum shear stress theory.
b) A point in a strained material is subjected to stress as shown in fig.3.
Using Mohr’s circle method Determine the magnitude and direction
of major and minor principal stress. [8]
Fig.3
[5925]-315 3
Q7) a) A column support load of 400 KN is shown in figure 4. Find the stresses
at the corner of the column at its base. [10]
Fig. 4
b) A short column 200 mm × 100 mm is subjected to an eccentric load of
60KN at an eccentricity of 40 mm in the plane bisecting the 100 mm
side. Find the maximum and minimum intensities of stresses at the
base. [8]
OR
Q8) a) A masonary pier 3 m × 4 m supports a vertical load of 600 KN at a point
as shown in fig. 5. Find the stresses at the corners of the pier. [10]
[5925]-315 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain cooling curve with its importance and draw the diagram of
cooling curves for pure metal and binary solid solution. [7]
b) Explain solid solution and factors that governs Hume Rothery’s rule
of solid solubility. [7]
c) Draw FE-C diagram and label the temperature, composition and phases.
[4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain solidification of pure metal and discuss how nucleation and
grain growth effect on solidification. [7]
b) List out the transformation reaction in Fe- C diagram and explain in
details. [7]
c) Define the terms : [4]
i) Phase ii) Proeutectic
iii) Hypoeutectic iv) Hypereutectic
Q3) a) What is retained austenite? Explain the effects of retained austenite. [7]
b) Distinguish between full annealing and process annealing. [7]
c) Define tempering. What are the effects of tempering on mechanical
properties of steel? [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) List out case hardening processes. Describe carburizing and induction
hardening with neat sketch. [7]
b) Describe the various transformation of austenite at different temperature
with TTT diagram. [7]
c) Explain austempering and martempering. [4]
Q5) a) What are the effects of following alloying elements on steel? (Any 6) :
[6]
i) Carbon ii) Chromium
iii) Manganese iv) Sulfur
v) Tungsten vi) Nickel
vii) Silicon
b) Write short note on : [6]
i) Indian standard code for designation of plain and alloy steel.
ii) AISI and SAE standard for plain and alloy steel.
c) Describe nodular cast iron. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Compare between white cast iron and gray cast iron. [6]
b) Give classification of ferrous alloy and their applications. [6]
c) Write note on stainless steel. [5]
Q7) a) State and explain properties of copper and its applications. [6]
b) Explain aluminium alloys : [6]
i) Duralumin
ii) LM5
iii) Y alloy
c) Explain characteristics of Nickel alloy. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe materials used in additive manufacturing. [6]
b) Explain any three cobalt alloys with composition and application. [6]
c) Write short note on bearing materials. [5]
[5925]-316 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1290 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-317
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217547)
Q1) a) In the toggle mechanism shown in Fig. 8.16, the slider D is constrained
to move on a horizontal path. The crank OA is rotating in the counter-
clockwise direction at a speed of 180 r.p.m. increasing at the rate of
50 rad/s 2. The dimensions of the various links are as follows:
OA = 180mm; CB = 240mm ; AB = 360mm ; and BD = 540 mm.
For the given configuration, find
i) Velocity of slider D and angular velocity of BD, and
ii) Acceleration of slider D and angular acceleration of BD.
[10]
b) Explain the concept of Acceleration Image Principal. [4]
c) State and explain Kennedy’s theorem of three centers inline. [4]
OR
Q2) a) The dimensions and configuration of the four bar mechanism, shown in
Fig. , are as follows :P1A = 300 mm; P2B = 360 mm; AB = 360 mm, and
P1 P2 = 600 mm. The angle AP1P2= 60°. The crank P1A has an angular
velocity of 10 rad/s and an angular acceleration of 30 rad/s2, both
clockwise. Determine the angular velocities and angular accelerations of
P2B, and AB and the velocity and acceleration of the joint B. [10]
P.T.O.
b) Fig. shows a sewing needle bar mechanism O1ABO2CD where in the
different dimensions are as follows : Crank O1A = 16 mm; = 45°; Vertical
distance between O1 and O2 = 40 mm; Horizontal distance between O1
and O2 = 13 mm; O2B = 23mm; AB = 35 mm; O2BC = 90°; BC = 16
mm; CD = 40 mm. D lies vertically below O1.
Find the velocity of needle at D for the given configuration. The crank
O1A rotates at 400 r.p.m. [8]
Q3) a) Synthesize a four bar mechanism for three successive positions given in
the table below :
Positions 1 2 3
θ 30 90 180
φ 40 115 175
Consider L1 = Grounded Link, L2 = Input Link, L3 = Coupler Link,
L4 = Output Link, θ = input link angle, ø = output link angle, 1f the
grounded link of length 100 mm is horizontal and input link is of 20 mm
[5925]-317 2
length, synthesize the mechanism using precision positions of the input
link and precision position of output link. Ground the pivot of the input
link on left hand side and ground the pivot of output link on right hand
side. Input and output links are rotating in opposite directions. Use the
method of inversion Draw the mechanism in its first precision position.[10]
b) Explain the term Path Generation. [3]
c) Explain structural error related to synthesis of mechanism. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Determine the chebyshev spacing for function Y = ex for the range 0 < X < 4
where three precision points are required. For these position points,
determine The value of θ and y when Δθ = 90º and Δφ = 120º. [10]
b) Explain the three position synthesis of single slider mechanism by using
inversion method. [7]
Q5) a) Derive the expression for a minimum number of teeth on gear wheel
required to avoid interference with neat sketch. [8]
b) Define the following terms: [3]
i) Length of path of recess
ii) Backlash in gears
iii) Working depth of gear tooth
c) In an epicyclic gear train, an arm carries two gears A & B having 30 and
45 teeth respectively and is shown in fig. [6]
If the arm rotates at 100 rpm in anticlockwise direction about the centre
of gear A which is fixed, determine the speed of gear B. Use tabular
method.
OR
[5925]-317 3
Q6) a) Compare cycloidal and involute gear tooth profile. [5]
b) Define formative number of teeth for Helical gear and express the formula
with terms. [3]
c) A pair of spiral gears is required to connect two shafts 150 mm apart, the
shaft angle being 70°. The velocity ratio is to be 1.5 to 1, the faster wheel
having 80 teeth and a pitch circle diameter of 100 mm. Find the spiral
angles for each wheel. [9]
[5925]-317 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1291 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-318
S.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217548)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, and electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Define HGL and TEL. Derive an expression for volume flow rate for
Venturimeter with neat sketch. [8]
b) Explain the concepts of pipes are connected in series, parallel, siphon
and equivalent pipe with neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q2) a) A pipe of diameter 300 mm and length 350 m is used for transmission of
power by water. Total head at the inlet of pipe is 500 m. Find the maximum
power available at the outlet of pipe, if the value of coefficient of friction
f = 0.006. [8]
b) Derive an expression for Darcy-Weisbach equation. [8]
[5925]-318 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write a short note on Dimensionless number and their significance
(give any four). [8]
b) Write a short note on [10]
i) Buckingham’s Pi theorem
ii) Dimensional Homogeneity
iii) Boundary layer thickness
iv) Hydrodynamic entrance region
v) HGL & TGL
Q5) a) A Reaction turbine works at 450 rpm under a head of 120 m, diameter at
inlet is 120 cm and flow area is 0.4 m2. Angles made by absolute and
relative velocity are 20° and 60° respectively at inlet. [8]
Determine
i) Volume flow rate
ii) Power developed
iii) Hydraulic efficiency.
Assume whirl velocity at outlet zero.
b) Write difference between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine. [4]
c) Explain construction and working of francis Turbine with application.
[6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following for hydraulic turbine [4]
i) Hydraulic Efficiency
ii) Mechanical Efficiency
b) Explain construction and working principle of Kaplan Turbine with
application. [6]
c) A Pelton wheel is to be designed for the following specifications:
Shaft Power = 11,772 kW, Head = 380 meters, Speed = 750 r.p.m;
overall efficiency = 86%; Jet diameter is not to exceed one sixth of the
wheel diameter. Determine: [8]
i) The wheel diameter
ii) The number of jets required
iii) Diameter of the jet.
Take Kvl = 0.985 and Kul = 0.45
[5925]-318 2
Q7) a) A centrifugal pump having outer diameter equal to two times the inner
diameter and running at 1000 r.p.m. works against a total head of 40m.
The velocity of flow through the impeller is constant and equal to
2.5 m/s. The vanes are set back at an angle of 40 at outlet. If the outer
diameter of the impeller is 500 mm and width at outlet is 50 mm, determine:
[8]
i) Vane angle at inlet
ii) Work done by the impeller on water per second
iii) Manometric efficiency
b) Explain the following efficiency for centrifugal pump. [6]
i) Manometric Efficiency
ii) Mechanical Efficiency
iii) Overall Efficiency
c) Explain in detail classification of hydraulic pump. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain construction and principle of working of Centrifugal pump. [6]
b) Explain the following [4]
i) Static Head
ii) Manomeric Head
c) The internal and external diameter of the impeller of a centrifugal pump
are 200 mm and 400 mm respectively. The pump is running at
1200 r.p.m. The vane angles of the impeller at inlet and outlet are 20 and
30 respectively. The water enters the impeller radially and velocity of
flow is constant. Determine the flow velocity and work done by the
impeller per unit weight of water. [8]
[5925]-318 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain four quadrant operation of motor driving a hoist load. [8]
Test whether the motor will start or not? Find the equilibrium speed.
Test steady state stability of this motor load using condition of stability.
[9]
OR
b) Explain single phase fully controlled rectifier fed DC Motor drive. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on closed loop control of Induction Motor drives.
[9]
[5925]-319 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1293 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-320
S.E. (Mechatronics)
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217550)
[5925]-320 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1294 [5925]-321
[Total No. of Pages : 2
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw circuit diagram and explain D/A converter with binary weighted
resistors and write output voltage equation, Vo. [6]
b) Write a short note on Performance parameter of DAC. [6]
c) Explain the operation of Dual Slope ADC. [5]
OR
Q4) a) With the help of neat Diagram, Explain Flash type ADC. [6]
b) Draw the circuit diagram of R/2R Ladder type DAC. [6]
c) Write a short note on Performance parameter of ADC. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the working of functional block diagram of IC 555 Timer. [6]
b) Write a short note on Basic operation of Power Amplifier LM 380. [6]
c) Explain PLL operation in detail with neat block diagram. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Voltage controlled Oscillator 566 and write its applications. [6]
b) Draw block diagram and explain any one application of IC PLL 565 in
detail. [6]
c) Explain voltage Divider using multiplier 534. [6]
[5925]-321 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
b) Why is the principle of locality crucial to use of virtual memory? Explain
with example. [6]
c) Reference String 1 2 3 2 1 5 2 1 6 2 5 6 3 1 3 6 1 2 4 3. Execute LRU
and OPR on above string. Consider page frame of 3 pages Write page
hit and page faults if any. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write and explain algorithms for : [6]
i) Allocating region
ii) Freeing region
b) Differentiate between : [6]
i) Internal and external fragmentation
ii) Fixed and variable size partitioning
c) Explain in brief what is paging and segmentation. How logical physical
Address Translation is done in both. [5]
Q5) a) What is file system? Explain File system implementation in detail. [6]
b) Explain following term with respect to directory structure [6]
i) Two level directory structure (with diagram)
ii) Tree structured Directories (with diagram)
c) Define following term with respect to disk access [6]
i) Seek time
ii) Rotational Latency
iii) Data transfer time
OR
Q6) a) Explain directory structure with types its types. Also discuss directory
implementation in details. [6]
b) What is free space management (FSM)? Explain how bit vector and
linked list performs on FSM. [6]
[5925]-326 2
Q7) a) Explain scheduling in [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are the requirements for Linux system administrator? Define the
design principles of LINUX systems. [6]
[5925]-326 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1296 [5925]-327
[Total No. of Pages : 4
OR
Q2) a) An alalysis of monthly wages paid to the workers of two firms A and B
belonging to the same industry give the following results: [10]
Firm A Firm B
Number of workers 500 600
Average daily wage Rs. 186.00 Rs. 175.00
Variance of
distribution of wages 81 100
i) Which firm, A or B, has a larger wage bill?
ii) In which firm, A or B, is there greater variability in individual wages?
iii) Calculate (a) the average daily wage, and (b) the variance of the
distrubution of wages of all the workers in the firm is A and B taken
together.
P.T.O.
b) In a partially destroyed laboratory, record of an analysis of correlation
data, the following results only are legible: [8]
Variance of X=9. Regression equations: 8X–10Y+66=0, 40X–18Y=214.
what are:
i) the mean values X and Y ,
ii) the correlation coefficient between X and Y,
iii) the standard deviation of Y?
OR
Find.
i) k
ii) P(x > 5)
iii) P(1 x 5)
b) In a continuous distribution density function [6]
f ( x) kx 2 (1 x 3 ),0 x 1.
Find the value of
i) k
ii) Mean
iii) Variance
[5925]-327 2
c) MNC company conducted 1000 candidates’ aptitude test. The average
score is 45 and the standard deviation of score is 25. Assuming normal
distribution for the result. [6]
Find
i) The number of candidate whose score exceed 60.
ii) The number of candidates whose score lies between 30 & 60.
[Given: A(z = 0.6) = 0.2257)]
OR
Q6) a) Following table shows number of books issued on the various days of
week from a certain library At 5% level of significance test the null
hypothesis that number of books issued in department of the day. [6]
Day Mon. Tue. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.
No. of
books 120 130 110 115 135 110
issued
Given: Chi-square value at 5% level of significance for degrees of freedom
5 is 11.071.
b) A random sample of 900 members has mean 3.4 cms. Can it be reasonable
regarded as a sample from a large population of mean 3.2 cms and
standard deviation 2.3 cms. [6]
[5925]-327 3
c) Find the F-statistics form the following data: [6]
Sample size (n) Total observation Sum of squares of
x observations
1 8 9.6 61.52
2 11 16.5 73.26
OR
Q8) a) Write short notes on [8]
i) Most powerful test
ii) Uniformly most powerful test
iii) Advantages and disadvantages of non-parametric tests
iv) Level of significance
b) Explain in detail about test for the Equality of means of serveral normal
populations. [9]
[5925]-327 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2633 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-330-A
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-IV) (217529) (Theory)
Q1) a) Explain with the help of neat diagram the components of IoT with pros
and cons? [9]
b) With the help of following sector justify how IOT technology impacting
on end to end user. [9]
i) Big Data Analytics
ii) Telematics
iii) Home Automation
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief SCADA with block diagram and SCADA functionality
with middleware structure? [9]
b) How IoT plays an important role in smart city, smart appliances, smart
parking, smart lightning? [9]
Q3) a) Explain Block diagram of RFID system with frequency ranges? Explain
any two strengths and weaknesses of RFID over Barcode? [9]
b) Explain with the help of a neat diagram cellular Machine to Machine
application network? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Application layer IOT protocol in detail? [9]
b) Explain advanced message queuing protocol with architectural diagram?
[8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Why is security required in IoT? Explain in detail various security models
in the Internet of Things. [10]
OR
Q7) a) Write a detailed business model scenario for the Internet of Things. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Write applications of Internet of Things for e-health body area network.
[7]
[5925]-330-A 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1298 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-331
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (217530)
OR
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on managing global systems. Explain technology issues and
opportunities for global value chain? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Elaborate Customer Relationship Management in detail with a suitable
case study? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Elaborate supply chain management in detail with suitable case study?[9]
i) Neural Network
OR
i) Business Intelligence
b) How MIS helps in decision making process? Elaborate all the phases in
the process of decision making? [9]
[5925]-331 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1299 [5925]-332
[Total No. of Pages : 4
Q1) a) Explain the following types of graphs with the help of examples: [6]
i) Simple graph
ii) Asymmetric diagraph
iii) Symmetric diagraph
iv) Connected and disconnected graphs
b) Use Dijkstra’s algorithm to find the shortest path between a and z. [6]
c) Use nearest neighbor method to find the Hamiltonian circuit starting from
‘a’ in the following graph, find its weight. [6]
OR
[5925]-332 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) Find the chromatic number with the help of graph coloring for: [6]
i) K5 (complete graph with 5 vertices)
ii) Any complete bipartite graph.
iii) C4 (cyclic graph with 4 vertices).
b) Explain the following types of graphs with the help of examples: [6]
i) Hamiltonian path
ii) Hamiltonian Circuit
iii) Eulerian Path
iv) Eulerian Circuit
c) Show that the maximum number of edges in a simple graph with n vertices
is n.(n-1)/2. [6]
OR
b) i) Find the lower and upper bounds of the subsets {a, b, c}, {j, h},
and {a, c, d, f } in the poset with the Hasse diagram shown in
figure?
[5925]-332 2
ii) Find the greatest lower bound and the least upper bound of {b, d, g},
if they exist, in the poset shown in Figure? [6]
i) 97 / 11
ii) –97 / 11
b) Using primality test theorem determine if the following numbers are prime?
Justify your answer: [4]
i) 143
ii) 227
c) Using Chinese Remainder Theorem find the value of X such that: [10]
X = 2 mod 3
X = 4 mod 5
X = 2 mod 7
OR
[5925]-332 3
Q7) a) Consider the (2,6) encoding function e. e(00) = 000000, [8]
e(10) = 101010
e(01) = 011110, e(11) = 111000
Find minimum distance of e.
How many errors will e detect?
[5925]-332 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1300 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-333
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (218542)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
[5925]-333 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write complete Kruskal’s algorithm. For the given graph, Find Minimum
spanning tree using Kruskal’s algorithm. [9]
b) Create a Min Heap for : 10, 12, 1, 14, 6, 5, 8, 15, 3, 9, 7, 4, 11 and 13.
After creation delete element 6 and repair it. Now insert element 20 and
show the final result. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Define AVL trees. Construct AVL tree step by step for the following
data: 25, 12, 17, 30, 15, 14, 37, 27, 40, 29, 28. [9]
b) Write algorithm for BFS and Show the working of BFS algorithm on the
following graph. [9]
Q7) a) What is Hashing? Explain Open and Closed hashing Data Structure with
example. [9]
b) What is Hashing function? Explain the characteristics of good hash
function. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is File? Explain different types of file organization. [9]
b) What is Index? Explain different types of Index. [8]
[5925]-333 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-334
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (218543) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be wherever necessary
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Assume Suitable data jf necessary.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain difference between Classful and Classless Addressing. Write a
brief note on OSPF protocol. [8]
b) Explain following terms [9]
i) Datagrams
ii) Fragmentation
iii) routing table
OR
Q4) a) Explain ARP protocol with diagram. [8]
b) Explain following terms [9]
i) Private IPv4 address ii) Public IPv4 Addresses
iii) NAT
Q6) a) What is silly window syndrome? List different solutions to overcome it.
Explain one solution at sender side and receiver side each. [9]
b) What do you mean by congestion control in transport layer? What are
the different methods to alleviate it? [9]
Q8) a) What is the purpose of DNS? How does recursive resolution differ from
iterative resolution? Explain with suitable diagram. [9]
b) Describe the functions of the two FTP connections. List difference
between FTP & TFTP in a tabular format. [9]
[5925]-334 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Define Inheritance. What are the types of Inheritance? Write down benefits
of inheritance in details. [9]
b) Design a base class shape with two double type values and member
functions to input the data and compute_area() for calculating area of
shape. Derive two classes: triangle and rectangle. Make compute_area()
as abstract function and redefine this function in the derived class to suit
their requirements. Write a program in Java that accepts dimensions of
triangle and rectangle and display calculated area. Use the concept of
run time polymorphism. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) How constructors get executed in multilevel inheritance? Explain with
an example. [9]
Q5) a) List Java's Built-in Exception? Write the importance of finally block.
[9]
b) What is collection in Java? Differentiate between vector and ArrayList. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is generic programming? Explain LinkedList class. [9]
b) What is an exception? Demonstrate Nested try statements with an
example. [9]
[5925]-335 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are elements of Design model? What are the elements of
architectural design? Explain Design principles? [9]
b) Explain guidelines for component level design and principles for User
Interface Design. [9]
OR
i) Abstraction
ii) Modularity
iii) Concurrency
P.T.O.
b) Calculate activity expected time and variance for given problem. [8]
Activity ID Optimistic Most Likely Pessimistic
Time (t0) Time (tm) Time (tp)
A 2 4 6
B 3 7 10
C 2 3 5
D 4 7 9
E 12 16 20
F 2 5 8
G 2 2 2
H 2 3 4
I 2 3 5
J 2 5 6
K 3 3 3
OR
Q4) a) What is COCOMO II? What areas does COCOMO II address? [8]
b) Explain Information domain values (any 4). [8]
Q7) a) What is software SCM repository? Explain the features of tool set
supporting SCM Repository. [9]
b) Write short note on : [9]
i) Test Driven Development (TDD)
ii) Collaborative development
OR
Q8) a) What is Software Reuse? Explain benefits and Drawbacks of software
reuse. [9]
b) What is configuration identification in SCM? [9]
[5925]-336 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1304 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-337
S.E. (AI/ML)
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218552)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
[5925]-337 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) For the given reference string with 4 page frame available, determine the
number of page faults for FIFO, OPTIMAL, LRU algorithms: [12]
1, 3, 4, 3, 5, 6, 1, 8, 5, 3, 1, 2, 7, 6, 4, 2, 5.
b) Explain with the help of neat diagram Hierarchical page table. [5]
OR
Q4) a) A 1 MByte block of memory is allocated using the buddy system [8]
i) Show the result of the following sequence in the graphical form for
Request 45KB, Request 180 KB, Request 140KB, Request 230KB,
Return C, Request 80KB, Return B, Return D, Request, 120KB,
Return A, Return E, Return F.
ii) Draw the tree representation after Return B.
b) Consider six memory partitions of size 500 KB, 400 KB, 200 KB, 600
KB, 300 KB and 250 KB. These partitions need to be allocated to five
processes of sizes 150 KB, 490 KB, 468 KB, 360 KB, and 220 KB in
that order. [9]
Perform the allocation of processes using-
i) First Fit Algorithm
ii) Best Fit Algorithm
iii) Worst Fit Algorithm
Q5) a) For the give sequence of disk request, determine the total distance travelled
of disk head. In satisfying the entire request for FCFS, C-SCAN, and
SSTF algorithms. Initial head position is 100 and total number of cylinders
in the disk is 200.
27, 129, 110, 186, 147, 41, 10, 64, 120 [12]
b) Explain free space management with examples. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain any four types of file organization techniques. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain record blocking. [6]
c) Write Short note on I/O buffering. [6]
[5925]-337 2
Q7) a) Define Loaders and explain its function. [6]
b) Explain the phases of compiler in detail. [8]
c) Define Macro processor with example. [3]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the term “Forward Reference” and Backpatching” in Assemblers.
[6]
b) Explain Compile and Go Loader. [6]
c) Describe the compilation process. [5]
[5925]-337 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1305 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-338
S.E. (AI & ML)
FUNDAMENTALS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
AND MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218553)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Supervised and Unsupervised Learning? Give real life example
of supervised and unsupervised learning. [6]
b) What is dimensionality reduction explain subset selection in detail? [6]
c) Write short note PCA. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain supervised, unsupervised and semi supervised Learning. [6]
b) Explain with example forward and backward selection method for subset
selection. [6]
c) Why do we need dimensionality reduction? What are its drawbacks? [6]
[5925]-338 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1306 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-339
S.E. (BOS : Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218554)
OR
Q2) a) Explain trigger with its type and example in detail. [9]
OR
[5925]-339 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain time stamping method and deadlocks in concurrency control.[9]
OR
OR
[5925]-339 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1307 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-340
S.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (218555)
OR
i) Morphing
Q7) a) What is the different usage of Virtual Reality? Explain in detail. [6]
OR
[5925]-340 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
b) An I section beam 350 × 200 mm has a web thickness of 12.5 mm and
a flange thickness of 25 mm. It carries a shearing force of 200 kN at a
section. Sketch the stress distribution across the section. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Derive an expression for the maximum shear stress in a general two-
dimensional state of stress and also an expression for the aspect angle
of the corresponding plane. [7]
b) Evaluate the principal stresses and principal planes for the state of stress
shown in Figure. [10]
Q5) a) What must be the length of a 5mm diameter aluminium wire so that it
can be twisted through 1 complete revolution without exceeding a
shear of 42N/mm2. Take, G = 27 GPa. [8]
OR
[5925]-341 2
Q6) a) A thin cylindrical vessel of 2 m diameter and 4 m length contains a
particular gas at a pressure of 1.65 N/mm2. If the permissible tensile
stress of the material of the shell is 150 N/mm2, find the minimum
thickness required. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Derive Euler's formula for buckling load for column with hinged ends.
[9]
[5925]-341 3
Total No. Of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1309 [Total No. Of Pages : 3
[5925]-342
S.E. (Robotics and Automation)
Industrial Electronics and Electrical Technology
(2019 Pattern) (211501) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2,Q.3 or Q.4,Q.5 or Q.6,Q-7. or Q-.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Draw and explain the interfacing of Atmega 328P microcontroller with
the temperature sensor (LM35). [6]
b) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of Atmega 328P
microcontroller to control the operation of DC motor using PWM. [6]
c) What is accelerometer? Explain how does it works, mention its types.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail the concept of ADC in Atmega 328P based Arduino
board. [6]
b) Draw interfacing circuit diagram of LVDT to Atmega 328P
microcontroller and explain the algorithm for the interfacing. [6]
c) Explain the concept of PWM in detail. What is duty cycle of the signal?
What will be duty cycle of pulse with period of 10m sec, which will
remain on for 2 m sec. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain with a neat sketch. the construction of a DC motor. [6]
b) Draw and explain following characteristics of DC motor. [6]
i) Torque - Armature current characteristics (T Vs Ia)
ii) Speed - Armature current characteristics (N Vs Ia)
iii) Speed - Torque characteristics (N Vs T)
c) A 4 pole, 250 V, DC series motor has a wave-connected armature with
220 conductors. The flux per pole is 25 m Wb when motor is drawing 50
A from the supply. Armature resistance is 0.20 Ω while series field
winding resistance is 0.25 Ω Calculate speed under this condition. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain construction and working of three-point starter along with its
sketch. [6]
b) Explain any two methods of speed control of DC shunt motor. [6]
c) A 240 V, DC shunt motor takes a line current of 15 A. Resistance of
shunt field winding is 150 Ω and resistance of armature is 0.3 Ω. Find
the armature current and back emf. [5]
c) The power input to the rotor of 440 V, 50Hz, 6 pole, 3-phase induction
motor is 60 kW. The motor electromotive force is observed to make 100
complete alterations per minute. Calculate i) Slip; ii) rotor speed;
iii) rotor copper loss per phase. [6]
OR
[5925]-342 2
Q6) a) Compare the squirrel cage and wound rotor induction motor in detail.
[6]
b) A 400 V,4 pole, 3 phase and 50 Hz star connected induction motor has a
rotor resistance and reactance per phase equal to 0.02 Ω and 0.2 Ω
respectively.Determine i) Starting torque; ii) Slip at which maximum
torque will occur; iii) Speed at which maximum torque will occur;
iv) Maximum torque; v) Full load slip. Assume stator to rotor tums
as 4. [6]
Q7) a) Explain construction and working of Brush less DC motor (BLDC) with
neat sketch. [6]
b) Explain construction and working of linear induction motor (LIM) with
neat sketch. [6]
c) Explain the construction and working of Universal motor with neat sketch.
[5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain construction and working of stepper motor with neat sketch.[6]
b) Explain the construction and working of shaded pole induction motor
with neat sketch. [6]
c) Compare ac series and dc series motor in detail. [5]
[5925]-342 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)
process? [9]
b) Explain with neat sketch Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) with
water cooled torch? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the application of Alternating Current (AC), Direct Current
Straight Polarity (DCSP) and Direct Current Reverse Polarity (DCRP)
in Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) process. [9]
b) How the heat balance is achieved in spot welding, explain the spot
welding process? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram construction and working of Abrasive Jet
Machining (AJM) process. [9]
b) Draw schematic diagram of Water Jet Machining (WJM). Explain its
construction and working. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch Electron Beam Machining (EBM) process.[9]
b) Explain with neat sketch Electro Chemical Machining (ECM) process.
[9]
[5925]-343 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is steel? What do you understand by eutectoid, hypereutectoid
and hypoeutectoid steel? [10]
b) Explain the following with neat diagram. [8]
i) Sensitization of steel.
ii) Eutectic transformation.
[5925]-344 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1312 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-345
S.E. (Robotics and Automation)
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211508)
Q3) a) Describe the following tools and techniques of Industrial Engineering. [8]
i) Work study
ii) Micro motion study
iii) Value analysis
iv) Plant layout
b) Define Productivity, Total and Partial Productivity. [9]
The following data is available for a company. The output is
Rs. 20,00,000. Calculate Partial productivity considering the input
resources and total productivity.
Input Resources Rs.
Labour 4,00,000
Material 8,00,000
Capital 5,00,000
Energy 1,00,000
Other expenses 1,50,000
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe Taylor Piece Wage System and Merrick Piece Wage System
with suitable illustration. State the advantages and limitations of these
systems. [8]
b) Define Job evaluation and Job specification. What are the different
methods of Job evaluation? [9]
Q5) a) Define Method study. Explain the different factors to be considered while
selecting the job for method study. [9]
OR
Q7) a) Describe the process to carry out work sampling study. State how the
standard time is calculated using work sampling study. [9]
b) The following data is available for a cycle using stop watch time study.
Determine [9]
1 1.5 100
2 2 110
3 2.9 100
4 1 110
5 1.4 120
6 3.2 100
7 2 120
OR
[5925]-345 2
Q8) a) Describe various steps used in time study. [9]
Determine
i) Normal time
[5925]-345 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1313 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-346
S.E. (Robotics & Automation Engineering)
CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211509) (Theory)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
[5925]-346 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define PLC? What are the necessity of PLC? Give advantages and
disadvantages of PLC. [9]
b) Explain the selection criteria used for PLC. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain PLC interfacing with I/O devices? What are the different types
of command used in PLC. [9]
b) State the sampling theorem explain the process of sampling and
quantization with waveform. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the procedure to design lead compensator using Bode diagram.
[8]
b) Design a lead compensator for system with transfer function
G(S)=25/S(S+6) to meet following specifications. [10]
i) mp = 5%
ii) ts = 0.75 sec
OR
Q8) a) Explain the procedure to design of lead compensator using root locus.
[6]
b) Design lead compensator for the system with open loop transfer fucntion
20
G(S ) to meet followin specification. [12]
S ( S 5)
i) Steady state error for ramp input to be less than or equal to 0.025.
ii) Phase Margin of at least 45º
[5925]-346 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1314 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-347
S.E. (Robotics and Automation)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (211510) (Semester - IV)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Discuss the different types of threads used in power screw. [6]
b) Define lead angle, major diameter, lead, and pitch in terms of power
screw. [4]
OR
Q2) a) A vertical two start square threaded screw of a 100 mm mean diameter
and 20 mm pitch supports a vertical load of 18 kN. The axial thrust on
the screw is taken by a collar bearing of 250 mm outside diameter and
100 mm inside diameter. Find the force required at the end of a lever
which is 400 mm long in order to lift and lower the load. The coefficient
of friction for the vertical screw and nut is 0.15 and that for collar bearing
is 0.20. [8]
P.T.O.
b) Define core diameter, minor diameter, left hand screw, and Multiple thread
screw in terms of power screw. [4]
b) Solid length, Free length, Spring index, and Spring rate in terms of spring.
[4]
c) A helical spring is made from a wire of 6 mm diameter and has outside
diameter of 75 mm. If the permissible shear stress is 350 MPa and modulus
of rigidity 84 kN/mm2, find the axial load which the spring can carry and
the deflection per active turn. [8]
OR
Q5) a) What is spur gear? Enlist any 2 applications of spur gear and Give its
detail classification. [9]
b) A bronze spur pinion rotating at 600 r.p.m. drives a cast iron spur gear at
a transmission ratio of 4:1. The allowable static stresses for the bronze
pinion and cast iron gear are 84 MPa and 105 MPa respectively. The
pinion has 16 standard 20 full depth involute teeth of module 8 mm. The
face width of both the gears is 90 mm. Find the power that can be
transmitted from the standpoint of strength. [8]
OR
[5925]-347 2
Q6) a) Define the terms in respective of spur gears: Module, Addendum, Pitch
circle diameter, and Backlash. [4]
c) The following particulars of a single reduction spur gear are given: [8]
Gear ratio = 10:1; Distance between centres = 660 mm approximately;
Pinion transmits 500 kW at 1800 r.p.m.; Involute teeth of standard
proportions (addendum = m) with pressure angle of 22.5º; Permissible
normal pressure between teeth = 175 N per mm of width. Find :
i) The nearest standard module if no interference is to occur;
ii) The number of teeth on each wheel;
iii) The necessary width of the pinion; and
iv) The load on the bearings of the wheels due to power transmitted.
Q7) a) What are rolling contact bearings? Discuss their advantages over sliding
contact bearings. [4]
OR
Q8) a) a) Where are the angular contact and self-aligning ball bearings used?
Draw neat sketches of these bearings. [7]
c) Explain how the following factors influence the life of a bearing : [4]
i) Load ii) Speed iii) Temperature iv) Reliability.
[5925]-347 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1315 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-348
S.E. (Robotics & Automation)
METROLOGY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (211511)
Bus number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of missing 14 13 26 20 9 25 15 11 14 13
rivets (c)
[5925]-348 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) State Seven QC tools & explain any three with neat sketch. [9]
i) Quality Circle
ii) Kaizen
iii) Kanban
OR
OR
Q8) a) What is Quality audit and explain three types of quality audit. [9]
[5925]-348 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1316 [5925]-349
[Total No. of Pages : 2
OR
Q4) a) Obtain x,y, and z co-ordinate of point on the quadratic Bazier surface
patch at u=0.5 and v=0.5 using following control points: [10]
p (0.0.0) p 01 (1.1.0) p02 (2.0.0)
p10 (0.1.1) p11 (1.2.1) p12 (2.1.1)
p30 (0.0.2) p21 (1.1.2) p22 (2.0.2)
b) What are B-spling curves? How the geometric continuity is determined
for B spline curves? [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) A plane contains vectors a i j 3k and i 2k . A point in the plane
is (1, 3, 2). Obtain the equation of plane. [10]
b) Determine the point of intersection of two lines AB and CD having co-
ordinates of point A(3, 1, 2), point B (4, 4, 6), point C(2, 1, 5) and point
D(3.857,2.285, 2.428). Consider parameter t for line AB as 0.7 and
parameter s for line CD as 0.3. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Obtain the equation of the plane inclined to Y axis ad Z axis by 45°. It is
parallel to X axis and contains a point (0, 0, 1). [10]
b) Write note on: Application of analytic geometry in robotics [8]
OR
Q8) a) Show that the multiplication of basis blades e3 and e13 is e1 [9]
b) Write short note on: Reflection and rotation. [9]
[5925]-349 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1317 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-350
S.E. (Mechanical /Automobile)
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (202048)
Q1) a) Draw neat sketch and explain any three types of fuel injector nozzles
used in CI engine. [8]
b) Draw neat sketches of any three types combustion chambers used in SI
engines. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is ignition delay in CI engines? Explain any three factors affecting
the ignition delay. [8]
b) Explain with sketch the phenomenon of detonation in SI engine. State
any two factors affecting flame speed. [9]
Q3) a) Explain Heat balance sheet with its different component. [9]
b) A single cylinder 4 - stroke engine gave the following results while
running on full load : Area of indicator card = 300 mm2; Length of
diagram = 45 mm, Spring constant = 1.5 bar/mm; Speed of the
engine = 400 rpm; Load on the brake = 370 N; Spring balance
reading = 55 N; Diameter of brake drum = 1.2 m; Fuel
consumption = 2.8 kg/h; Calorific value of fuel = 41800 kJ/kg; Diameter
of cylinder = 160 mm; Stroke of piston = 200 mm. Calculate: [9]
i) Brake power.
ii) Indicated mean effective pressure.
iii) Brake specific fuel consumption.
iv) Brake thermal efficiency.
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is mean by Dynamometer? Explain working of any one type of
Dynamometer with the help of neat sketch. [9]
b) During a test on a single cylinder, four stroke engine having a compression
ratio of 8, following data were recorded: Bore = 12 cm; Stroke = 14.5 cm;
Indicated mean effective pressure = 2.5 bar; Dead load on dynamometer,
W = 60 N; Spring balance readings, S = 19 N; Effective radius of the
flywheel, R = 40 cm; Fuel consumption, mf = 1.0 kg/hr., Calorific value
of the fuel used, C = 42000 kJ/kg; Speed, N = 2500 rpm. Determine its
indicated power, brake power, mechanical efficiency, air standard
efficiency. [9]
[5925]-350 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
c) The velocity vector in the fluid flow is given by V = 2 x 3iˆ - 5 x 2 yjˆ + 2tkˆ.
Obtain velocity & acceleration at point (2, 1, 0) at time t = 1s. [7]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Differentiate between venturimeter & orificemeter. [4]
b) State & Derive Bernoulli's equation along streamline. [6]
c) An oil of specific gravity 0.9 & viscosity 10 poise is flowing through
a pipe of diameter 110mm. The velocity at the center of pipe is 2m/s
find : [8]
i) The pressure gradient in the direction of flow.
ii) Shear stress at the pipe wall
iii) Velocity at a distance 30mm from pipe wall
OR
Q4) a) Show that the value of coefficient of friction for viscous flow through
the circular pipe is given by f = 16/Re. [4]
b) Derive an expression of velocity & shear stress distribution for laminar
flow through pipe. [6]
c) A conical tube of length 3m is fixed vertically with its smaller end
upwards. The velocity of flow at smaller end is 4m/s; while at its lower
end is 2m/s. The pressure head at the smaller end is 2m of liquid. The
loss of head through the pipe is 0.95 (v1–v2)2/2g where v1 velocity at
smaller end & v2 velocity at lower end. Determine the pressure head at
the lower end. Flow takes place in downward direction. [8]
Q5) a) Explain the following term with their graphical representation : [4]
i) Hydraulic Grade line
ii) Total Energy line
b) What is siphon? Explain its working along with the diagram? [6]
c) Find the displacement thickness, the momentum thickness for the
velocity distribution in the boundary layer is given by
( )( ) .
2
u
=2 y . y [8]
v d d
OR
Q6) a) Define the following term with brief explanations : [4]
i) Boundary layer
ii) Boundary layer thickness
iii) Drag
iv) Lift
[5925]-351 2
b) What do you mean by Boundary layer separation? Write the methods
of preventing the separation of boundary layer. [6]
c) A pipe of diameter of 0.4m and length 2000 m is connected to a
reservoir at one end. The other end of the pipe is connected to a junction
from which two pipes of lengths 1000m and diameter 3000m are
parallel. These parallel pipes are connected to another reservoir, which
is having level of water 10m below the water level of the above reservoir.
Determine the total discharge if f = 0.015. Neglect minor losses. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following Dimensionless number along with mathematical
expressions : [8]
i) Reynolds Number
ii) Froude's Number
iii) Euler's Number
iv) Weber Number
b) A Fluid of density ρ1 and viscosity μ, flows at a velocity v through a
circular pipe of diameter D. By using Buckingham's π-theorem. Prove
é rvD ù
that shear stress τ0 at wall is given by t 0 = rv 2f ê ú. [9]
êë m úû
[5925]-351 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-354
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (202062)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, and electronic pocket calculator is
allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain major and minor losses in the pipe with fig and formulae in detail
(with fig and formulae). [8]
OR
Q2) a) Derive an expression of velocity and Shear stress distribution for laminar
flow between fixed Parallel plates. [8]
L t
p V 2 f , ,
D VD D
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A jet of water of diameter 60 mm strikes a curved plate at its centre with
a velocity of 18 m/s. The curve plate is moving with velocity of 6 m/s in
the direction of jet. The jet is deflected through an angle of 165 degree :
find (i) the force exerted by the jet on the plate, (ii) work done by the jet
on the plate per second, (iii) power of the jet, and (iv) efficiency of the
jet. [10]
b) Prove that the condition for maximum efficiency (V = 3u) for a jet of
water strikes at centre of a curved vane also finds an expression for
maximum efficiency. [8]
OR
Q4) a) A Pelton wheel has 2.5m of diameter operates under a following conditions
Speed 300rpm
b) Define Gross Head, Net Head, Jet Ratio, Run Away Speed, volumetric
efficiency, Hydraulic Efficiency, Mechanical Efficiency ,and Overall
Efficiency related to Pelton wheel. [8]
OR
[5925]-354 2
Q6) a) A Kaplan turbine develops 24647.7 kW power at an average head of 39
meters. Assuming speed ratio of 2, flow ratio of 0.6, diameter of boss is
equal to 0.35 times the diameter of runner and overall efficiency of 90 %.
Calculate diameter, speed and specific speed of the turbine. [8]
[5925]-354 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q3) a) Explain the geometry of a single point cutting tool with suitable sketches.
[6]
b) Explain cutting speed and feed rate. Find the time required for machining
a work-piece of 50 mm diameter, 350 mm length, turn all over in 4
passes. Approach length is 2 mm, Over-travel = 2 mm, the feed = 0.5
mm/rev and cutting speed is 50 m/min. [6]
c) State Taylors' Tool life equation. Enlist the factors affecting tool life.[6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Demonstrate the various types of chips formed during metal cutting.[6]
b) The following equation for tool life is given for a turning operation vT0.13
f 0.77d0.37 = C, A 60 min tool life was obtained while cutting at v = 30 m/
min, f = 0.30 mm/rev, and d = 2.5 mm. Calculate the change in tool life
if the cutting speed, feed and depth of cut are increased by 25% together.
[6]
c) Explain any six operations performed on lathe machine with neat sketch.
[6]
[5925]-355 2
Q7) a) Explain the Standard Marking System of a grinding wheels. [6]
b) Explain the Principle of centreless grinding with neat sketch. What kind
of jobs can be machined with centreless grinding? [6]
c) Classify broaching machines. Discuss advantages and disadvantages of
broaching. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following in relation to grinding wheel [6]
i) Loading
ii) Glazing
iii) Dressing
b) Draw a neat sketch of broach and name its different parts. [6]
[5925]-355 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1321 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-356
S.E. (Mechanical (Sandwich))
THERMAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (202061)
Q3) a) Explain Otto cycle & derive the expression for thermal efficiency of
Otto cycle? [9]
b) Explain gas turbine cycle.with reheating and derive expression for net
workdone. [9]
OR
[5925]-356 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) A four stroke, four-cylinder petrol engine of 250 mm bore and 375 mm
stroke works on otto cycle. The clearance volume is 0.01052 m3. The
initial pressure and temperature are 1 bar and 47°C. if the maximum
pressure is limited to 25 bar, find the following [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain liquid cooling system of engine and what are its advantages and
disadvantages? [8]
Q7) a) What is catalytic converter? explain its working with neat sketch. [8]
b) An IC engine uses 6kg of fuel having calorific value 44000 KJ/kg in one
hour. The IP developed is 18KW. The Temperature of 11.5 kg of cooling
water was found to rise through 25ºC per minute. The temperature of 4.2
kg of exhaust gas with specific heat 1 KJ/kg K was found to rise through
220ºC. Draw the heat balance sheet for the engine. [10]
OR
[5925]-356 2
[5925]-356 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-357
S.E. (Computer Science & Design Engg.)
DATA STRUCTURE AND ALGORITHMS
(Theory) (2019 Pattern) (218242) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) End sem Exam based on 3, 4, 5,6 units.
2) Draw neat and clean diagram.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Define following terms with example (i) Internal sorting (ii) External sorting
(iii) Sort stability. [5]
b) Write pseudo code C/C++ for bubble sort technique. Show it’s working
pass by pass for arranging numbers in ascending order. Given number
list :10,4,55,21,6. [6]
c) Explain C/C++ pseudo code of linear search with suitable example.
Analyze it's time complexity. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write C/C++ pseudo code for radix sort method with suitable example.[5]
b) Explain C/C++ pseudo code of quick sort using recursive method. Sort
following data using quick sort. Consider last element as a pivot and
show partition at each step. List the data after every pass. :
10,80,30,90,40,50,70. [6]
c) What is divide and conquer algorithmic strategy?. Explain it’s application
in binary search. Consider following data to search element 100 using
binary search method. Show all necessary steps during
searching.9,17,23,38,45,50,57,76,79,90,100. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write C/C++ function to reverse a linear singly linked list by changing
link pointers. Assume that linked list contains numbers. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Write a C/C++ pseudo code for inserting node(i) at start and (ii)at end in
SLL. [7]
b) What is CLL explain with suitable example? List the applications of CLL
and write it’s advantages over linear linked list. [7]
OR
(i) Push (ii) Pop (iii) Stack empty (iv) Stack full
c) Evaluate the following postfix expression and show stack after every
steps in tabular form. A=5,B=6,C=2,D=12,E=4 ABC+*DE /- [7]
[5925]-357 2
Q7 a) What are the disadvantages of linear queue? Discuss how they can
overcome. [4]
b) Define following with example [6]
(i) circular queue (ii) multi-queue (iii) dequeue
c) Explain circular queue using an array and write a pseudo code for
enqueue, dequeue and display operations. [8]
OR
[5925]-357 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2660 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-358
S.E. (Computer Science & Design Engineering)
LOGIC DESIGN AND COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
(2019 Pattern) (218245) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Total number of questions are 8.
2) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Develop SR Flip flop using NAND gate. Draw its truth table. Illustrate
what will happen in SR flip flop if S=R=0 with example. [6]
b) Build 3 bit synchronous counter using T flip flop. [6]
c) Write short note on Sequential and combinational circuit. [4]
d) Write short note on Asynchronous Counter. [2]
OR
Q2) a) Build D flip flop from JK flip flop using knowledge of flip flop conversion
logic. [6]
b) Construct MOD 99 ripple counter using 7490 IC. [5]
c) State and explain different types of Shift register. [4]
d) What is the difference between latch and flip flop? [3]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) How does instruction set, compiler technology, CPU implementation and
control and cache and memory hierarchy affect the CPU performance
and justify the effects in terms of program length, clock rate and effective
CPI? [6]
b) What is Bus? Draw the single bus structure. [5]
c) What are the five classic components of a computer? [4]
d) Show the representation of registers in block diagram form. [2]
[5925]-358 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1322 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-360
S.E. (Automation & Robotics Enginnering)
ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - III) (202521)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q1. or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Distinguish between squirrel cage and slip ring induction motors. [6]
b) Explain construction and working principle of a shaded pole motor with
neat sketches. [6]
c) Draw a neat schematic of star-delta starter for three phase induction motor
and explain its operation. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch a typical torque-slip characteristic of a three-phase induction motor.
Explain its nature. What is the effect of increasing the rotor resistance on
this characteristic? [6]
b) Draw and explain the equivalent circuit of a three-phase induction motor.[6]
c) Write any one application each in case of following motors. [6]
i) Linear induction motor
ii) Slip ring induction motor
iii) PMSIM
iv) Shaded pole motor
v) Squirrel cage induction motor
vi) Capacitor spilt phase motor
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Derive an expression for induced emf in an alternator. [6]
b) Explain working principle of Universal Motor. State its any two
applications. [6]
c) Write the steps in selecting a particular motor for an industrial application.
[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the construction of an alternator in details with the help of suitable
diagrams. [6]
b) What is a stepper motor? Explain construction and working of any one
type of stepper motors. [6]
c) What is a duty cycle in case of electric motors? State types of duty
cycles for electric motors. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the typical Electric Supply System with the help of neat diagram.[6]
b) Compare the DC and AC transmission systems. [6]
c) Draw the line diagram of typical HVDC transmission system and explain
its operation in details. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the significance of widespread presence of EHV transmission
lines in power systems. [6]
b) Write the advantages of HVDC transmission system over AC transmission
system. [6]
c) Classify the types of HVDC links. Discuss the applications of each of
these links. [6]
Q7) a) Using the block diagram reduction technique, determine the transfer
function C(s)/R(s) [6]
[5925]-360 2
b) Write a short note on stepper motor used as an actuator in control
systems. [6]
c) Distinguish between open loop and closed loop control system with
significant points. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Using Mason’s gain formula, determine the transfer function C(s)/R(s).[6]
[5925]-360 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
[5925]-365
S.E. (Automation & Robotics Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (202522) (Semester - III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) State the types of programming languages and explain any two. [6]
b) Explain UP Counter and DOWN Counter. [6]
e) Draw a ladder diagram for stepper motor control. [6]
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the types of HMI? [6]
Q5) a) Explain the process model for process of production of polyvinyl chloride
by the polymerization of vinyl chloride monomer. [6]
iii) Once step 2 is done, the mixer motor starts and runs for 10s.
iv) After mixing is complete, solenoid 3 should open, let the mixed
batch goes to the finished tank.
iv) When the tank is empty, the low-level sensor turns ON to open
solenoid 3 to close and restarts the process again.
OR
Q6) a) Define recipe as per ANSI/ISA S88 standard. Explain its types. [6]
i) The start/stop push button is provided for control of the two input
pump motors P1 and P2.
[5925]-365 2
iii) When the tank is full drain pump motor P3 is started automatically
and runs until the low-level sensor is actuated.
vi) After 3 fillings of the tank by pump P2, the sequence is repeated.
[5925]-365 3
Total No. of Questions : 06] SEAT No. :
[5925]-501
S.E. (Chemical) (Semester - II)
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS
(2015 Pattern) (209351)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No. 1 or 2, Q.No. 3 or Q4, Q.No. 5 or Q6.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q2) a) What are various types of Mixers used for paste and plastic materials?
Explain any two in berief. [7]
b) With the help of neat sketch distinguish between radial flow and axial
flow for impellers. [10]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe in detail elements of belt conveyor, What are the merits and
application of belt conveyors. [9]
b) Write a note on screw conveyor. [8]
OR
[5925]-501 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2653 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-502A
S.E. (Chemical)
CHEMISTRY - II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (209347)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
[5925]-502A 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1326 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-503
S.E. (Chemical)
HEAT TRANSFER
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (209348)
Q2) a) Derive an expression for rate of heat for composite cylinders made of
different thermal conductivities K1 and K2. [6]
Q3) a) Derive the steady state heat flow equation for composite Plane wall?[6]
b) Two very large parallel planes with emissivities 0.3 and 0.8 exchange the
heat. Estimate the percent reduction in heat transfer when a polished
aluminium radiation shield with emissivity 0.04 is placed between them.[6]
OR
[5925]-503 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Air at 2 atmosphere and 200°C is heated as it flows through the tube
with diameter of 1 inch (2.54 cm) at a velocity of 10 m/s. Calculate the
heat transfer per unit length of tube if constant heat flux condition prevails
at the wall and the wall temperature is 20°C above the air temperature all
along the length of the tube. [6]
Data:
Properties of air at bulk temperature of 200°C are,
Density: 1 .493kg/m3
Prandtl No: 0.681
Viscosity: 2.57 × 10–5 kg/m.s
Thermal conductivity: 0.0386 W/mK
Specific heat : 1 .025kJ/kg.K
b) What are the different laws of Radiation? Explain Stefan Boltzmann’s
law? [6]
[5925]-503 2
Q7) a) Write short note on the Log mean Temperature Difference (LMTD) [4]
b) Draw a neat sketch of 1-2 Shell and Tube Heat exchanger and explain.[5]
c) Water at the rate of 1.133 kg/sec. is heated from 35°C to 75°C by oil
having a specific heat of 1.9 KJ/Kg°C. The fluids are used in a counter
flow double pipe heat exchanger, & the oil enters the exchanger at l10°C
& leaves at 75°C. The overall heat transfer coefficient is 320 W/m2C.
Calculate the heat exchanger area. Specific heat of water is 4.18 KJ/Kg°C.
[4]
OR
Q8) a) Define Effectiveness and Capacity Ratio of Heat Exchanger. [4]
b) Draw a neat sketch of Double pipe heat exchanger and explain. [5]
c) Water enters a counter flow double pipe heat exchanger at 288K flowing
at a rate of 1300kg/hr. It is heated by oil flowing at rate of 550kg/hr from
an inlet temperature of 367K. Determine the total heat transfer and outlet
temperature of oil and water for 1m2 area of heat transfer. [4]
Data: Specific heats of oil and water are 2000J/kg.K and 4187 J/kg.K
Overall Heat transfer coefficient is 1075 W/m2K.
[5925]-503 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1327 [5925]-504
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Chemical)
PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (New) (209349)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Black figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary..
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) The piston rod of a steam engine is 50mm in diameter and 600 mm long.
The diameter of the piston if 400 mm and the maximum steam pressure
is 0.9N/mm2. Find the compression of the piston rod if the young’s
modulus for the material of the piston rod is 210KN/mm2. [6]
b) What do you mean by factor of safety? [6]
OR
Q2) a) A simply supported beam 6m long is carrying a uniformly distriubuted
load of 2KNm over a length of 3m from the right and Draw the S.F and
B.M diagram for the beam and also calculate the maximum B.M on the
section. [6]
b) Explain the following terms in concentration with design of machine
members subjected to variable loads. [6]
i) Endurance Limit
ii) Fatigue
iii) Stress concentration
Q3) a) Find the diameter of a solid steel shaft to transmit 20kW. At 200rpm.
The ultimate shear stress for the steel may be taken as 360 Mpa and a
factor of safety as 8. If a hallow shaft is to be need in place of the solid
shaft, find the inside and outside diameter when the ratio of inside to
outside diameter is 0.5. [17]
b) How are the keys classified? Draw neat sketches of different types of
keys and state their applications. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Determine the length of the weld run for a plate of size 120mm wide and
15mm thick to be welded to another plate by means of [7]
i) A single transverse weld and
ii) Double parallel fillet welds when the joint is subjected to variable
loads.
b) Enumerate the different types of riveted joints and rivets. [6]
Q7) a) With neat sketch explain stresses induced in thick vessel subjected to
internal pressure. [6]
2
b) A multilayer vessel is to be operated at 133.33MN/m and is to be
fabricated by using three shells. Inside diameter of the vessel is 30.5cm
while outside diameters 59.5 cm. The vessel is fabricated by shrink fit
construction. The internal diameter are 38.5cm and 47.6cm respectively.
Determine the maximum combined stress at the intefrace, interface
pressure and the circumferential stress variation in each of the three shells.
[7]
OR
Q8) a) Calculate the thickness of a flanged tori spherical head for a vessel having
internal diameter 6000 mm. Design pressure of the vessel is 3.4 kg/cm2.
Inside crown radius is 6000 mm. Inside knuckle radius is 380 mm.
Permissible stress of the material is 1190 kg/cm2, welded joint efficiency
is 100%. [7]
b) What are the important points to be considered while designing a pressure
vessel? [6]
[5925]-504 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1328 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-505
S.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS-I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (209350)
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Obtain an expression for determination of standard heat of reaction of
temperature T if standard heat of reaction is gievn at temp. T1. Use
following heat capacity equation Cp = α + βT + γT2 [8]
b) Explain Standard heat of reaction and Standard heat of combustion. [4]
OR
Q4) a) With respect to 1 Kg liquid water [8]
i) Initially at 273 K it is heated to 373 K by contact with a heat reservoir
at 373 K What is the entropy change of the water? What is total
entropy change?
ii) Initially at 273 K, it is first heated to 323 K by contact with heat
reservoir at 323 K and then to 373 K by contact with a reservoir at
373 K what is total entropy change?
b) Explain carnot cycle with carnot principle. [4]
2
Q5) a) Prove that Cp-Cv=β VT/k [7]
b) Derive residual properties with PVT data or equation of state. [6]
OR
Q6) Prove [13]
a) dH=CpdT+[V-T(dV/dT)p]dV
b) dS=CpdT - (dV/dT)pdP
Q7) a) Explain free expansion Lindes process with diagram. [6]
b) A refrigeration machine operating at a condenser temperatue of 290 K
needs 1 KW of power per ton of refrigeration. Determine the following:
[7]
i) The coefficient of performance
ii) The heat rejected to condenser
iii) The lowest temperature that can be maintained.
OR
Q8) a) Explain absorption refrigeration cycle. [6]
b) A house has a winter heating requirement of 30 KJ/s and summer cooling
requirement of 60 KJ/s. Consider a heat pump installation to mainatain
the house temperature at 20 ºC in winter and 25 ºC in summer. This
requires circulation of the refrigerant through interior exchager coils at
30 ºC in winter and 5 ºC in summer. Underground coils provide heat
source in winter and the heat sink in summer. For a year round ground
tempearture of 15 ºC, the heat transfer characteristics of the coil necessitate
refrigerant tempertaure of 10 ºC in winter and 25 ºC in summer. What are
the minimum power requirements for winter heating and summer cooling?
[7]
[5925]-505 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1329 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-506
S.E. (Chemical)
PROCESS CALCULATIONS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (209344)
Q1) a) It is required to make 1000 kg mixed acid containing 60% H2SO4, 32%
HNO3 and 8% water by blending (i) the spent acid containing 11.3%
HNO3 , 44.4% H2SO4 and 44.3% water (ii) aqueous 90% HNO3 and (iii)
aqueous 98% H2SO4. All percentage are by mass. Calculate the quantities
of each of the three acids required for blending. [8]
OR
Q2) a) A gas mixture contains 0.274 Kmol of HCl, 0.337 Kmol of N2 and 0.089
Kmol of O2. Calculate (i) Average molecular weight of gas mixture (ii)
Volume occupied by this mixture at 405.3 KPa and 303 K. [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A coke is known to contain 90% carbon and 10% non-combustible ash
(by weight): (i) find the moles of oxygen theoretically required to burn
100 kg of coke completely? (ii) If 50% excess air is supplied, calculate
the analysis of gases at the end of combustion. [6]
OR
[5925]-506 2
Q5) a) Define wet bulb temperature, dry bulb temperature, humid volume and
humid heat. [4]
OR
Q7) Calculate the gross and net calorific values of the natural gas at 298.15 K
which has the following molar composition:
CH4 = 89.4%, C2H6=5.0%, C3H8=1.9%, iso-C4H10 = 0.4%, n-C4H10=0.6%
CO2 = 0.7% and N2 = 2.0%.
Data:
Component GCV kJ/mol NCV kJ/mol
CH4 890.65 802.62
C2H 6 1560.69 1428.64
C3H 8 2219.17 2043.11
iso-C4H10 2868.20 2648.12
n-C4H10 2877.40 2657.32
Specific volume of the natural gas at 298.15 K and 101.3 kPa = 24.465
m3/kmol. [13]
OR
[5925]-506 3
Q8) The ultimate analysis of a coal sample is given below: carbon = 61.5%,
hydrogen = 3.5%, sulphur = 0.4%, ash = 14.2%, nitrogen = 1.8% and rest
oxygen.
Calculate:
a) Theoretical oxygen required per unit weight of coal kg/kg.
b) Theoretical dry air required per unit weight of coal kg/kg.
c) The Orsat analysis of flue gases when the coal is burned with 90% excess
dry air. [13]
[5925]-506 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1330 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-508
S.E. (Chemical Engineering)
CHEMISTRY - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (209341)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the factors affecting rate of SN1 & SN2 reaction. [4]
b) Give the nitrating agents and mechanism involve in nitration of benzene.[4]
c) Write short note on Beckmann rearrangement. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Electrophilic substitution in nitrobenzene is at meta only. While amino
benzene at ortho and para explain. [4]
b) Identify compounds A & B in the following reactions. [4]
CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - I+ KOH ⎯⎯⎯⎯
Alcoholic
→ A ⎯⎯ ⎯
HBr
→B
CH 3 - CH- CH 3 + KOH ⎯⎯⎯⎯
Alcoholic
→ A ⎯⎯⎯⎯
HBr/H 2O 2
→B
I
c) Discuss mechanism involved in Fredal Craft alkylation. [4]
Q7) a) Give two methods each for the synthesis of pyridine and quinoline. [5]
b) Explain with the help of equations what happens when [4]
i) Acetylene and ammonia are passed over red hot tube
ii) 1, 4 diketone is heated in presence of P2O5
c) Give steps involved in the preparation of methyl orange. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Describe classification of dyes on the basis of mode of action. [5]
b) Complete the following reactions and predict product [4]
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
[5925]-508 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1331 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-509
S.E. (Chemical)
FLUID MECHANICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (209342)
Q3) a) Draw a net sketch and explain the working principle of orifice meter
derives equation. [6]
b) An oil of viscosity 0.1 Ns/m2 and relative density 0.9 is flowing through
a circular pipe of diameter 50mm and of length 300m. The rate of flow
of fluid through the pipe is 0.35 litres/sec.Find the pressure drop in a
length of 300m. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Prove that expression for laminar flow of fluid, [6]
16
f =
Re
[5925]-541 1 P.T.O.
b) A horizontal venturimeter with inlet and throat diameter 300mm and 100mm
respectively is used to measure the flow of water the pressure intensity at
inlet is 130 KN/m2 while the vacuum pressure head at the throat is 350mmof
mercury assuming that 3% of head is lost in between the inlet and throat
find [6]
i) The value of Cd for venturimeter
ii) Rate of flow
Q7) a) Define and explain boundary layer and its property? [6]
i) Laminar boundary layer.
ii) Turbulent boundary layer.
iii) Laminar sub-layer.
b) Using Buckingham’s π-theorem, show that the discharge ‘Q’ consumed
by an oil ring is given by, [7]
μ σ ω
Q = N d 3φ , ,
ρ Nd ρ N d ρ N d
2 2 3 2
Where,’d’ is the internal diameter of the ring, ‘N’ is rotational speed, ‘ρ’
is density, ‘μ’ is the viscosity, ‘σ’ is the surface tension and ‘w’ is the
specific weight of oil.
OR
Q8) a) Explain Buckingham’s π-theorem in detail. [7]
b) Explain fluidization with its type and application? [6]
[5925]-541 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1332 [5925]-510
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Chemical)
ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (209343)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drwn wherever necessary.
2) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q3) a) Write a shrot note on Ultrasonic flow inspection Hardness Test. [6]
b) Explain Tensile testing of material in brief. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) Explain principle and working of Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM.) [13]
OR
Q6) Explain principle and working of Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM).
[13]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on the Refractories materials [6]
b) Discuss in detail applications of Ceramic materials. [7]
[5925]-510 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What do you mean by TDR and how is it used? Enlist the documents
required for TDR? [6]
i) Unity.
ii) Composition.
OR
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain the necessity of ventilation? What are various types of ventilation?
[6]
Q5) Draw to a suitable scale developed plan of a single storey framed residential
OR
Q6) Draw to a suitable scale developed plan of a single storey framed residential
building with schedule of openings having following units : [13]
[5925]-511 2
Sr. No. Unit Numbers Size (Sq.m)
1 Living room 1 18
2 Bed room 2 12
3 Kitchen 1 10
4 W.C. 1 1.2
5 Bath 1 2.5
c) Gymnasium – 15m2.
OR
[5925]-511 3
Q8) Design a primary school for 5 classrooms, the building is single storied
RCC framed structure. The following units are to be provided : [13]
[5925]-511 4
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
[5925]-512
S.E. (Civil Engineering)
FLUID MECHANICS - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (201004)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any six questions from Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8,
Q9 or Q10, Q11 or Q12.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Define: Specific volume of a liquid. Also state its SI unit. [1+1]
OR
Q2) a) Derive an expression for pressure intensity inside a soap bubble. [3]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) A U-tube monometer is used to measure the pressure of oil (specific
gravity 0.85) flowing in a pipe line. It’s left end connected to pipe and
right limb is open to the atmosphere. The centre of pipe is 100 mm
below the level of mercury in the right limb. If the difference of mercury
level in the two line is 160 mm, then determine the head and pressure.
[1.5 + 1.5]
b) What is the neutral equilibrium of floating body? Draw the line sketch to
show position of M & G in case of neutral equilibrium. [1+1]
Q9) a) Show that for laminar flow through circular pipe, the maximum velocity
of flow is twice the average velocity. [5]
b) The fluid of viscosity 0.7 Ns/m2 and specific gravity 1.3 is flowing through
the circular pipe of diameter 100 mm. The maximum shear stress at the
pipe wall is given as 196.2 N/m2, find [2+2+2]
i) The pressure gradient
ii) The average velocity
iii) Reynolds number of the flow.
[5925]-512 2
c) State and explain any four factors affecting the growth of boundary
layer. [4]
OR
Q10)a) Derive an expression for Hagen- Poiseuille equation for steady laminar
flow in circular pipe. [5]
b) Explain the development of boundary layer over a smooth flat plate. [4]
c) Explain any three methods of control of boundary layer separation with
neat sketches. [6]
Q11)a) Determine the wall shearing stress in a pipe of diameter 100 mm which
carries water. The velocities at the pipe centre and 30 mm from the pipe
centre are 2 m/s and 1.5 m/s respectively. The flow in the pipe is given as
turbulent. [6]
b) Explain hydro-dynamically smooth and rough boundaries with neat sketch.
[2+2]
c) What is equivalent pipe? Derive Dupit’s equation for equivalent pipe
(A compound pipe of 3 different pipes). [1+4]
OR
Q12)a) Derive an expression for loss of head due to sudden enlargement in pipe
flow. [5]
b) A pipe 1 m diameter and 15 km long transmits water of velocity of 100
cm/sec. The friction coefficient of pipe is 0.005.Calculate the head loss
due to friction? [4]
c) Explain: [3+3]
i) Prandtls mixing length theory for turbulent flow
ii) Observations made by O. Reynolds in Reynolds experiment for
laminar, transit & turbulent flow with sketch.
[5925]-512 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1335 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-513
S.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (201008)
OR
[5925]-513 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) Determine moment at B for the continuous beam loaded and supported
as shown in figure 3 by Clapeyron’s theorem. Draw BM.D. [6]
Q3) a) Determine the vertical deflection at the point D of the frame shown in
figure 5. Use Castigliano’s method. [6]
OR
[5925]-513 2
Q4) a) A simply supported beam has a span of 12m .Uniformly distributed load
of 30 kN/m and 4m long crosses the girder from left to right. Draw
influence line diagram for shear force at a section 5m from left support.
Calculate the negative and positive values at the section. [6]
b) Two wheel loads 150 kN and 80 kN spaced 0.6 m apart roll on the girder
as shown in figure 8. Find maximum positive and maximum negative
shear force at section C. [6]
Q5) A three hinge circular arch as shown below carries u.d.l. of W k N /m over the
whole span. Determine the horizontal thrust and maximum bending moment
for the arch. [13]
OR
[5925]-513 3
Q6) A two hinged parabolic arch of span 25 m and rise 5m carries uniformly
distributed load of 38 k N/m over l0m span from left end. Find the horizontal
thrust. [13]
Q7) a) Draw true and idealized stress strain curve for mild steel in Tension.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Determine the shape factor for the beam section shown in figure [7]
Depth of web = 80 mm
[5925]-513 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1336 [5925]-514
[Total No. of Pages : 4
P.T.O.
Q5) Using Indian Standard recommended guidelines, design a concrete mix for a
reinforced concrete structure to be subjected to the severe exposure conditions
for the following requirements: [13]
A) Stipulations for proportioning
i) Grade designation : M30,
ii) Standard deviation, s=5
iii) Type of cement :OPC 53 grade conforming to IS 8112
iv) Workability: 100 mm(slump)
v) Degree of supervision: Good
vi) Type of aggregate: Angular coarse 20mm aggregate,
vii) Maximum cement content:450 kg/m3
viii) Chemical admixture type: 2% Superplasticizer conforming to
IS 9103
B) Test data for materials
i) Specific gravity of cement : 3.15
ii) Specific gravity of admixture : 1.145
iii) Specific gravity of
a) Coarse aggregate - 2.74
b) Fine aggregate- 2.57
iv) Water absorption
a) Coarse aggregates - 0.5%
b) Fine aggregates – 2.00%
v) Free surface moisture
a) Coarse aggregates – Nil (absorbed moisture also nil)
b) Fine aggregates – Nil
[5925]-514 2
vi) Sieve analysis
a) Coarse aggregate:
C) Design considerations:
Table 1: From IS 10262; Maximum water content per cubic meter of
concrete.
Sr.No. Nominal Maximum Size of Aggregate Maximum Water
(mm) Content (kg)
i) 10 208
ii) 20 186
iii) 40 165
Table 2: from IS 10262; Volume of Coarse Aggregate per Unit Volume of
Total Aggregate.
Sr. No. Nominal Maximum Size of Volume of Coarse Aggregate per Unit
Aggregate (mm) Volume of Total Aggregate for
Different Zones of Fine Aggregate
Zone IV Zone III Zone II Zone I
i) 10 0.50 0.48 0.46 0.44
ii) 20 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60
iii) 40 0.75 0.73 0.71 0.69
[5925]-514 3
Table 3: From IS 456, Different Exposure conditions for reinforced concrete
Sr. Exposure Minimum cement Maximum free Minimum grade of
No. Content (Kg/m3) Water cement ratio concrete
i) Mild 300 0.55 M20
ii) Moderate 300 0.50 M25
iii) Severe 320 0.45 M30
iv) very Severe 340 0.45 M35
v) Extreme 360 0.40 M40
OR
Q6) a) What do you mean by concrete mix design? What are various factors
affecting concrete mix design? [7]
b) What do you mean by nominal mix, standard mix and design mix? [6]
[5925]-514 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1337 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-515
S.E. (Civil Engg.)
ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (207009)
Time : 2 Hour] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn wherever necessary.
Q3) a) What are JOINTS? Describe types of Joints and their Civil Engineering
Significance. [6]
b) What is FOLD? Give nomenclature of the FOLD. Describe how fold
passes in to the Fault. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write in detail mineral wealth of GONDWANA. [6]
b) What is REJUVENATION? Explain two features resulting due to
rejuvenation. [6]
Q5) a) Explain Preliminary Geological Investigations carried out for Tunneling
Exploration. [6]
b) Discuss the feasibility of dam site, with dipping and horizontal strata. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain with appropriate example the feasibility of dam alignment which
is crossing a DYKE. [6]
Q7) a) Discuss in brief the Natural and Artificial causes of LANDSLIDES. Enlist
the measures to prevent LANDSLIDE. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Geological conditions favorable for natural springs and artesian
wells. [7]
[5925]-515 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-3142 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-516
S.E. (Civil)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (207001)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2; Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, electronic pocket calcualtor and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
x1 + 4x2 – 2x3 = 4
4x1 + x2 + x3 = 4
OR
Q2) a) The differential equation satisfied by a beam, uniformly loaded with one
end fixed and second subjected to a Tensile force P is given
d2y W 2
by: EI 2 − P y = x .
dx 2
dy
Show that the elastic curve for the beam under conditions y = 0, = 0,
dx
W 2 2 e nx e− nx P [4]
when x = 0, is given by y = + − − =
2 p n 2
x Where EI
n2 n2 n2
[5925]-516 1 P.T.O.
dy
b) Use Euler’s method to solve the equation = 1 + xy subject to the
dx
conditions : at x = 0, y =1 and tabulate y for x = 0 (0.1) 0.5. [4]
a .r
∇ 3
a
= −
( a .r ) r
i) 3 .
r r
3
r5
1 2
ii) ∇2 2 = 4 .
r r
[5925]-516 2
Q5) Solve any two.
a) Verify Green’s theorem : for F = xiˆ + y 2 ˆj over the first quadrant of the
circle x2 + y2 = 1. [7]
b) ( )
Evaluate 2 xyiˆ + yz 2 ˆj + xzkˆ .d s over the surface of the region bounded
s
by x = 0, y = 0, y = 3, z = 0 x = 4 and z = 6. [6]
c) (
Evaluate ∇ × F .nds )
ˆ where F = y 2iˆ + zjˆ + xykˆ for the surface of the
s
OR
Q6) Solve any two.
a) Find the work done by Force F in moving a particle once round the
x2 y 2
ellepse + = 1, z = 0 .
25 16
Where F = ( 2 x − y + z ) iˆ + ( x + y − z 2 ) ˆj + ( 3 x − 2 y + 4 z ) kˆ . [7]
Show that (φ ∇ ψ − ψ∇ ϕ ) dv = (ϕ∇ψ − ψ∇φ ). ds .
2 2
b) [6]
v s
c) Evaluate (
s
)
∇ × F ⋅ nd
ˆ s where ‘S’ is the curved surface of the
∂2 y 2 ∂ y
2
∂y
i) y (0, t) = 0. ii) =0
∂t t =0
iii) y (π, t ) = 0 iv) y (x, 0) = x, 0 < x < π
[5925]-516 3
∂u d 2u
b) Solve = k 2 if . [6]
∂t ∂x
i) u is finite for all t
ii) u (0, t) = 0
iii) u (π, t ) = 0
iv) u (x, 0) = πx – x2, 0 < x < π
∂ 2u ∂ 2u
c) Solve : 2 + 2 = 0, subject to the boundary conditions. [6]
∂x ∂y
i) u (0, y ) = 0 ii) u (x, 0) = 0
iii) u (a, y) = 0 iv) u (x, b) = 40
OR
Q8) Solve any two of the following.
∂2 y ∂2 y
a) Solve 2 = 2 , subject to the. [7]
∂t ∂x
Conditions.
i) y (0, t) = 0. ii) y (l, t ) = 0
∂y
iii) =0 iv) y (x, 0) = y0, 0 < x < l
∂t t =0
∂u d 2u
b) Solve = k 2 if . [6]
∂t ∂x
i) u (x, t) is bounded
ii) u (0, t) = 0
iii) u (l, t ) = 0
u0 x
iv) u (x, 0) = 0 < x < l, u0 is constant. [6]
l
c) A rectangular plate with insulated surface is 10cm wide and so long
compared to its width, that it may be considered infinite in length without
introducing an appreciable error. If the temperature along short edge
πx
u = 0 is given u (x, 0) = 100 sin , 0 < x < 10, while two long edges
10
x = 0 and x = 10 as well as other short edge are kept at 0ºC, find steady
state temperature u (x, y). [6]
[5925]-516 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1339 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-518
S.E. (Civil)
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (201002)
Q1) a) A cast iron pillar of 200mm square section carries an axial compressive
load of 2400 kN. Taking E = 120 × 102 N/mm2 and v = 0.25, find change
in the area of cross section of pillar. [6]
b) A 6 m long cantilever is subjected to a uniformly distributed load
throughout its length and an upward point load of 10 kN at its free end.
The properties of the section are shown in the figure. Determine the
maximum tensile and compressive stresses induced. Take IXX = 3997500
mm4. [6]
OR
Q2) a) A steel rod 20 mm diameter, 200 mm long is heated through 100°K and at
the same time subjected to a pull P. If the total extension of the rod is 0.3
mm, what is the magnitude of force P? Take for a. steel as 12 × 10–6/°K
and E = 215 GN/m2. [6]
[5925]-518 1 P.T.O.
b) For the cross section of beam shown in figure, draw shear stress
distribution diagram across the section, if a shear force of 100 kN acts
across the section. [6]
OR
[5925]-518 2
Q4) a) A composite shaft consists of copper rod 30 mm diameter enclosed in a
steel tube of 40 mm external diameter and 5 mm thickness. There is no
relative motion between the two. Determine the shear stresses developed
in copper and steel if both the shaft and the tube have equal lengths.
Take GCOPPER = 40GPa, GSTEEL = 80GPa and torque to be transmitted as
5kNm. [6]
b) For the element of a stressed body shown in Figure 3-a above, determine
principal planes, principal stresses, planes of maximum shear stress and
maximum shear stresses developed. [6]
Q5) a) For the beam loaded and supported as shown in figure, draw SFD and
BMD indicating all the important points. [6]
b) Draw the shear force and bending moment diagram for the beam shown
in figure. B and D are internal hinges. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Draw SFD and BMD for the beam loaded and supported as shown.[6]
[5925]-518 3
b) Shear force diagram for a beam is shown in figure. Draw the load diagram
and bending moment diagrams. Take AB = BC = CD = 1 m, DE = 2 m.
[7]
Q7) a) Find the greatest length for which a mild steel strut with area 3 × 103 mm2
and the least moment of inertia 4 × 106 mm4 may be used with one end
fixed and other end free in order to carry an axial load that will produce a
working stress of 70N/mm2, the working stress being one forth the stress
at crippling load. Rankine constants for the mild steel are α = 1/7500
and fC = 320 MN/m2. [7]
b) What is core of a section? Derive the condition for permissible eccentricity
of an axial load, if a rectangular section of a column is not to carry in
tensile stress. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Find Euler’s critical load for a hollow cylindrical cast iron column 150
mm internal diameter and 25 mm thick, if it is 6 m long and hinged at
both ends. Take E = 8 × 104 N/mm2. Compare Euler’s critical load with
Rankine’s critical load by taking fc = 550 N/mm2 and α = 1/1600. For
what length of the column would the critical loads by Euler’s and
Rankine’s formulae will be equal to each other? [7]
b) Determine the magnitude and nature of stresses generated in four corners
of 420 mm × 230 mm section of a column shown in figure, when subjected
an eccentric load of 1000 kN as shown, Take ex = 50 mm, ey = 100 mm.
[6]
[5925]-518 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1340 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-519
S.E. (Civil)
SURVEYING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (201006)
Q1) a) Describe the various methods of plane table surveying. Under what
conditions each is preferred? [6]
b) The following reciprocal levels were taken with one level [6]
Instrument Reading on
Station A B Remarks
A 1.884 2.896 Distance between A & B = 500 M
B 0.537 1.890 R.L. of A = 250 M
Determine : i) The true difference in elevation Between A & B.
ii) The reduced level of B.
iii) The error in collimation adjustment of the level.
OR
Q2) a) State the Characteristic of contour lines? [3]
b) Find the distance to the visible horizon from the top of a light house 60 m
high what is the dip of the horizon, assuming the radius of the earth to be
6731 km? [3]
c) Find which station is free from local attraction and work out correct
bearings: [6]
Line AB BC CD DE EA
F.B. 191°45’ 39°30’ 22°15’ 242°45’ 330°15’
B.B. 13° 222°30’ 200°30’ 62°45’ 147°45’
P.T.O.
Q3) a) The measured length and bearing of the sides of a closed traverse
ABCDEA run in an anticlockwise direction and are tabulated below.
Calculate length of line CD & DE? [6]
Line AB BC CD DE EA
Length (m) 298.7 205.7 L1 L2 213.4
Bearing 0°0’ N 25°12’E S 75°6’W S 56°24’E N 35°36’E
b) Explain with sketch the fixed hair method of tacheometry, when line of
sight is inclined downward (depression) and staff is held vertical? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Define the following terms : [5]
i) Trunnion axis
ii) Transiting
iii) Telescope Normal
iv) Departure
v) Face left
b) A tacheometer with analytic lens. Having the value of constant 100 was
used and the following observations were made on staff held vertical.[7]
Instrument H.I. (m) Vertical Angle Staff at Staff Reading
station
P 1.8 +2°40’ M 1.25, 1.93, 2.56
P 1.8 –4°40’ Q 1.45, 1.85, 2.30
R.L. of station M is 50.00 m. Calculate the R.L. of P & Q, distance PQ
and gradient?
i) Tangent length
v) Apex Distance
b) Enlist various linear methods of setting out curves and explain any one
with sketch? [6]
Q7) a) Enlist the limitations of the prevalent survey techniques and also give
advantages of Space Based positioning System? [7]
OR
Q8) a) State different names of satellites and write a note on GLONASS (Global
Navigation and Surveying System). [7]
[5925]-519 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1341 [5925]-520
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Civil)
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (201003)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, or Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of calculator is allowed in the examination.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) The initial void ratio of inorganic clay is found to be 0.65, while the
Specific gravity of soilds is 2.68. Determine the dry density of soil. Also
determine the bulk density and moisture content if soil is 50% saturated.
[6]
b) What is flow net? Write down the characteristics and applications of
flow net. [6]
OR
Q3) a) Write a short note on Vane Shear Test with neat sketch and the formulae
involved. [6]
b) A water tower is supported only on three pillars forming an equilateral
triangle with 10m side, The total weight of tower is 1177.2 KN. Calculate
vertical stress 10m below the ground level under any one of the pillar. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the process of field compaction and its control using proctor
needle. [6]
b) In a consolidation drained triaxial test a specimen of clay fails at a cell
pressure of 60 KN/m2. The effective shear strength parameters are
c’=15 KN/m2 and ’= 200 Determine the deviator stress of soil. [6]
Q7) a) Discuss the role of soil in geoenvironmental applications and state the
process governing containment transport. [6]
b) Discuss the criteria for slope classification and explain the modesof failure
for all these slopes. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the vacuum extraction technique for in situ treatment of soil
contamination. [6]
b) What is stabilization-Solidification? How is chemical decontamination
carried out? [7]
[5925]-520 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1342 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-521
S.E. (Computer / IT Engineering)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (207003)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
d2y dy -x
i) 2
- 3 + 2 y = ee
dx dx
d2y
ii) - 4 y = cos(2 x)
dx 2
d2y
iii) Solve by Method of variation of parameters -y=x
dx 2
¥
sin x
Hence, find the value of ò x
dx. [4]
0
OR
P.T.O.
dx dy
Q2) a) Solve : = 5 x + y; = y - 4 x . [4]
dt dt
b) Solve any one : [4]
i) find z-transform of f (k) = k2, k 0
ii) find the inverse z-transform of
z
, | z |> 3
( z - 2)( z - 3)
c) Solve the following difference equation
f (k + 2) –5f (k + 1) + 6f (k) = 36; f (0) = f (1) = 0. [4]
Q3) a) Find first four moments about mean, if the first four moments about
median are 1, 2, 4 & 6, also find 1 & 2. [4]
b) Fit least squares straight line to the following data and use it to find y at
x=8 [4]
x 1 3 5 6 10
y 2 0 4 7 8
c) A manufacturer knows from experience that the resistance of resistors he
produces is normally distributed with mean 100 ohms and standard
deviation 2 ohms. What percentage of resistors will have resistance
between 98 ohms to 102 ohms? (Area between 0 to 1 is 0.3413). [4]
OR
Q4) a) A can hit the target 1 out of 4 times
B can hit the target 2 out of 3 times
C can hit the target 2 out of 4 times
find the probability that at least two hit the target. [4]
b) In a sample of 1000 cases, the mean of certain test is 14 and standard
deviation is 2.5 Assuming the distribution to be normal find how many
students score between 12 and 15.
(Given : Z = 0.8, A = 0.2881, Z = 0.4, A = 0.1554). [4]
c) Obtain the regression lines for the following data [4]
x 6 2 10 4 8
y 9 11 5 8 7
[5925]-521 2
Q5) a) Find the directional derivative of = xy2 + yz3 at (1, –1, 1) along the
vector i + 2 j + 2k . [4]
b) Show that F = (6 xy + z 3 ) i + (3 x 2 - z ) j + (3 xz 2 - y )k is irrotational.
Find scalar such that F = f . [4]
c) Find the work done in force field
F = 3 x 2 yi + ( x3 + 2 yz ) j + y 2 k in moving object from (1, –2, 1) to
(3, 1, 4). [5]
OR
Q6) a) Find the directional derivative of = e2x cos yz at(0, 0, 0) in the direction
p
of tangent to the curve x = a sin t; y = a cos t ; z = at , at t = . [4]
4
Q7) a) If u = 3x2 – 3y2 + 2y, find V such that f (z) = u + iv is analytic. Determine
f (z) interims of z. [4]
b) Find the bilinear transformation which maps the points z = 1, i, 2i on the
points w = –2i, 0, 1 respectively. [4]
4z2 + z
c) Evaluate ò z 2 -1
dz , where c is the contour |z – 1| = ½. [5]
c
OR
Q8) a) Determine the analytic function f (z) = u + iv if u = xy2 – 3x2y. [4]
b) Find the bilinear transformation, which maps the points 0, –1, i of the
1
z - plane on to the points 2, ¥, (5 + i) of the w - plane. [4]
2
z 2 - z +1
c) Evaluate ò z -1
dz , where c is the circle |z| = ½. [5]
c
[5925]-521 3
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
[5925]-522
S.E. (Computer)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2015 Pattern) (210251) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Question No. Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary
Q1) a) Write recursive algorithms to fill the polygon area by using 4- connected
method of Boundary fill algorithm and Flood fill algorithm. [6]
b) Interpret Bresenham’s algorithm to find which pixel are turned ON for
the line segment between (1,2) and (7,6). [6]
OR
Q3) a) Consider the square A(1,0), B(0,0), C(0,1), D(1,1) Rotate the square by
45 degree anticlockwise direction about point A(1,0). [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Z-buffer algorithm with its advantages and disadvantages [7]
b) Describe diffuse illumination and point source illumination. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain B-splines techniques for generating the curves with an example.[6]
b) What is OpenGL? Explain OpenGL data processing method. [7]
[5925]-522 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1344 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-523
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
MICROPROCESSOR AND INTERFACING TECHNIQUES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (210248)
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and explain the read cycle timing diagram of 8086 in maximum
mode. [7]
OR
OR
[5925]-523 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1345 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-524
S.E. (Computer)
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (210252)
OR
Q2) a) Generate binary tree for the following pre-order and in-order traversals.[6]
In-order: E A C K F H D B G
Pre-order: F A E K C D H G B
b) Draw any directed graph with minimum 6 nodes and represent graph
using adjacency matrix, adjacency list, adjacency multilist and inverse
adjacency list. [6]
[5925]-524 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Construct the AVL tree for the following sequence of keys: [6]
10 20 15 12 25 30 14 22 35 40
b) What is collision? What are different collision resolution techniques?[6]
OR
Q4) a) Construct hash table of size 10 using linear probing without replacement
strategy for collision resolution. The hash function is h(x)=x%l0. Consider
slot per bucket is 1. [6]
31, 3, 4, 21, 61, 6, 71, 8, 9, 25
b) Explain following: [6]
i) Static and dynamic tree table with suitable example
ii) Dynamic programming with principle of optimality
Q5) a) What is B+ tree? Construct a B+ tree of order 4 for the following data[7]
1, 4, 7, 10, 17, 20, 31, 25, 19, 20, 28, 42
Q7) a) Explain linked organization of a file. Describe inverted files and cellular
partitions w.r.t. Liked organization. [6]
b) Write pseudo code for two-way merge sort. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Define sequential file organization. Explain advantages of indexing over
sequential file. [7]
b) Explain any two types of indices. [6]
[5925]-524 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2661 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-525
S.E. (Computer)
MICROPROCESSORS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (210253)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
[5925]-525 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1346 [5925]-526
[Total No. of Pages : 3
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the following with example in program [6]
i) Modularity,
ii) Encapsulation,
iii) Interface and implementation,
b) Explain the following Programming Paradigms with example [7]
i) Procedural,
ii) Object oriented,
iii) Functional,
iv) Logic & rule based.
OR
Q4) a) What is generic data type in programming language? Explain Generic
units, Generic data structures [6]
b) Grouping of units, Encapsulation, Interface and implementation, Abstract
data types, classes, and modules [7]
Q5) a) Explain the following with Java Programming with example [6]
i) declaring objects,
ii) assigning object reference variables,
iii) adding methods to a class,
b) Explain the following with respect to inheritance in Java member access
and inheritance, super class references, Using super multilevel hierachy
[6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following with Java Programming with example declaring
objects, assigning object reference variables, constructors, this keyword,
garbage collection, finalize () method. [6]
b) Explain the following with respect to packages in Java defining a package,
finding packages and CLASSPATH, access protection, importing
packages [6]
[5925]-526 2
Q7) a) Explain the following with respect to Exceptions in Java Programming
language [6]
i) Fundamental, exception types
ii) Uncaught exceptions
iii) Try, catch, throw, throws,
b) Explain with respect to I/O handling in Java Streams, Byte Streams and
Character Streams, Predefined Streams, Reading console Input, [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following with respect to Exceptions in Java Programming
language [6]
i) Fundamental, exception types, uncaught exceptions,
ii) Multiple catch clauses, nested try statements,
iii) Built-in exceptions, custom exceptions
b) Explain the Java Applet with respect to following [7]
i) Applet Architecture Applet Skeleton,
ii) Passing parameters to Applets,
iii) Difference between Applet and Application Program.
[5925]-526 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1347 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-527
S.E. (Computer)
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (210241)
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) In how many ways can 10 examination papers be arranged so that the
best and worst paper never come together. [4]
c) Find the shortest path between a and z using Dijkstra algorithm. [5]
[5925]-527 2
Q5) a) What is minimum spanning tree? Find minimum spanning tree for the
graph using prims algorithm. [7]
b) For the following sets of weights construct optimal binary prefix code.[6]
a b c d E
5 6 6 11 20
OR
Q6) a) Find maximum flow in transport network. Show that minimum cut is
equal to maximum flow. [7]
[5925]-527 3
Q7) a) Explain commutative, associative, distributive cancellation properties of
binary operations. [7]
b) Let (A, *) be monoids such that for every x in A, x*x = e, where e is the
identity element. Show that (A, *) is an abelian group. [6]
OR
b) Show that the set G = 1, , 2 where is the cube root of the unity is a
group with respect to multiplication. [6]
[5925]-527 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1348 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-528
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS & LOGIC DESIGN
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (210242)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Minimize the following logic function using k-map & realize using logic
gates draw the diagram for the output. [6]
F (A,B,C,D ) = Σm (1,3,5,8,9,11,15) + d (2,13)
b) Explain the internal diagram of IC-7490 design MOD 68 counter using
IC-7490 [6]
OR
Q2) a) Simplify the following logic function using the qunie MC-cluskey
minimization technique. F (A,B,C,D ) = Σm (0,1,4,6,12,14,15) [6]
b) Design a sequence generator to generate the following sequence 10110....
using shift register. [6]
Q3) a) Draw a ASM chart & state diagram for 2-bit UP-counter having one
enable line E such that [6]
E=1 (Counting enabled)
E=0 (Counting disabled)
b) Draw & explain block diagram of PLD device [6]
OR
Q4) a) Design & implement full adder circuit using PLA. [6]
b) Write VHDL code for full adder using. [6]
i) Data flow modeling
ii) Structural modeling
[5925]-528 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Compare TTL and CMOS logic family. [4]
b) Draw & Explain operation of 2-Input TTL NAND gate. [5]
c) Draw & Explain the circuit diagram of CMOS. Inverter. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain TTL Open collector logic. [4]
b) What is tri-state? Explain tri-state buffer in detail. [5]
c) Explain wired logic in CMOS. [4]
Q7) a) Explain the following instructions with respective to 8051 & also give
example of each. [6]
i) MOVX
ii) XRL A,Rn
iii) Swap A
b) List different addressing modes of 8051 state & Explain any 3 addressing
modes with example. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Give the significance of the following pins of Micro controller 8051: [6]
i) PSEN
ii) ALE/PROG
iii) EA / VPP
iv) RST
b) Draw & Explain the format of SCON register of Microcontroller 8051[7]
[5925]-528 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1349 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-529
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (210243)
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is recursion? Explain use of stack for “Web page visit history in a
web browser”. [3]
b) Write a pseudo C/C++ code to insert node into a singly linked list. [3]
c) Write an algorithm for traversing a singly linked list that delete all the
nodes having negative key/value. [6]
Q5) a) Write a pseudo C/C++ code to implement circular queue using arrays.[6]
b) Write pseudo C/C++ code to represent the following operations on double
ended queue (dequeue or deque): [7]
i) Create deque
ii) Insert
iii) Delete
OR
Q6) a) Explain linear queue and circular queue with suitable example. Also, give
advantages of circular queue over linear queue. [6]
b) Explain priority queue. Give pseudo C/C++ code for array implementation
of priority queue. [7]
Q7) a) Explain sequential search and binary search with suitable example and
compare their time complexity. [6]
b) Explain quick sort and sort the given list using quick sort. [7]
15, 08, 20, –4, 16, 02, 01, 12, 21, –2
OR
Q8) a) Write an algorithm for binary search. Derive recurrence relation and find
out time complexity of the search. [6]
b) Write a short note on stability of sorting. Compare bubble, selection,
insertion sort with one example and discuss time complexity. [7]
[5925]-529 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1350 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-530
S.E. (Computer)
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (210244)
Q1) a) Draw and explain the general structure of IAS Computer. [6]
b) Describe the IEEE standards for single precision and double precision
floating point numbers. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Solve the following problem using restoring division algorithm. [6]
Dividend : 1001
Divisor : 0011
b) Draw and explain the memory Hierarchy. What is the general relationship
among access time, memory cost, and capacity. [6]
Q3) a) List and explain any two DMA data transfer modes. [6]
b) Explain types of instructions according to operations and number of
address. Give examples. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain following addressing modes with one example each. [6]
i) Auto increment
ii) Auto decrement
iii) Immediate
b) Differentiate between Programmed I/O and Interrupt driven I/O. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are various pipelining hazards in instruction pipelining? Explain
any one in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Enlist and explain Use visible registers and control and status registers.[7]
Q7) a) Write a control sequence for the following instruction for single bus
organization SUB (R3), R1. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail state table design method for hardwired control design.[6]
[5925]-530 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2659 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-531
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (210245)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Question 1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What are inline functions? What are their advantages? Give an example.[6]
b) What do you mean by constructor and destructor? [3]
c) Write appropriate C++ program which uses copy constructor. [3]
OR
Q2) a) What is Multiple Inheritance? What is the ambiguity in Multiple inheritance?
Give suitable example to demonstrate Multiple inheritance. [6]
b) Explain the concept of class and object with suitable Example. [4]
c) What is abstract class? Give suitable example. [2]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write a program using the opens(), eof() and getline() member functions
to open and read file content line by line. [6]
b) What are the various functions to manipulate the file pointers? Explain
with the help of Suitable examples. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Write a C++ program that will accept numbers as command line arguments
and Sort the entered Numbers in Ascending order and display the resultant
sequence. [7]
b) Compare between early binding and late binding in C++. [6]
[5925]-531 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1352 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-532
S.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I
(2015 Pattern) (203146) (Semester - II)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Non-Programmable Scientific Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Step by step obtain the approximate equivalent circuit of 1-ph transformer
referred on primary side. Draw the circuit diagram and write down the
equations during each step. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw the circuit diagram of 3-point starter and explain function of (i) No
volt coil and (ii) overload coil. [6]
b) Sketch the construction diagram of DC machine and label all parts, also
state the material used for each part and their functions. [7]
OR
Q4) a) With neat connection diagram, explain the method of speed control of
DC shunt motor. Draw the connection diagram and necessary plots. [6]
Q5) a) With necessary phasor diagram, prove that when 3-ph supply is fed to
3-ph stator winding, it produces rotating magnetic field of constant
magnitude and rotates at synchronous speed. [6]
OR
[5925]-532 2
Q7) a) Explain, the 3-ph induction motor as a generalized transformer. Draw the
suitable circuit and phasor diagram. [6]
b) With neat connection diagram, explain the working of star -delta starter
used for 3-phase induction motor. [7]
OR
Q8) a) With neat connection diagram explain how to conduct the no load test
and block rotor test on 3 ph induction motor. Also draw the observation
tables for both the tests. [6]
b) Write the general procedure to draw the circle diagram. Show rotor and
stator copper losses, fixed losses, full load current, p.f., motor efficiency
and torque line on it. [7]
[5925]-532 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) What are base load and peak load power stations? Hence state advantages
of interconnected grid system. [6]
b) Derive the expression for string efficiency of suspension insulators when
string consist of 3 discs hence calculate string efficiency of 32 kV line
consisting of 3 units in string. If capacitance between each insulator
and earth is 14% of self-capacitance and voltage across first and last
units are 5.16 kV and 7.42 kV respectively [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain function and list necessary quantities required to be printed on
name plate of following equipments in power plant [6]
i) Power Transformers.
ii) Circuit Breakers.
b) Define the following terms : [6]
i) Load Factor.
ii) Demand Factor.
iii) Plant capacity factor.
Hence calculate load factor and demand factor if
A generating station has connected load of 1500 MW and maximum demand
of 650 MW; the units generated being 615 * 106 per annum.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain in brief what are different types of line supports hence state
requirements of line supports. [6]
OR
OR
[5925]-533 2
Q6) a) Derive the expression for capacitance of 3 phase transmission line when
conductors are unsymmetrically spaced but transposed. [6]
b) Obtain the relationship for the sending end voltage and current in terms
of receiving end voltage and current for a medium length transmission
line with split condenser method of representation. Draw neat circuit
representation and phasor diagram. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Classify transmission lines based on length, voltage levels and generalized
circuit constants. [6]
[5925]-533 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1354 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-534
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
NETWORK ANALYSIS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (203147)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Simplify the circuit Shown in fig (1) and. Find V [7]
OR
Q2) a) Find Va and Vb by using Superposition Theorem [7]
[5925]-534 1 P.T.O.
b) Develop the Tie Set B matrix, Consider 1,4,5 Branches are forming Tree.
[6]
Fig (5)
Fig (6)
OR
Q4) a) After being on position 1 for long time, the switch is thrown on position 2
at time t = 0, find current using Laplace Transform technique. [7]
Fig (7)
Fig (8)
Fig (9)
OR
Q6) a) Find Transfer Function of network as shown in fig [6]
[5925]-534 3
Q7) a) Design the high pass filter & develop relation of inductance & capacitance
in terms of cut-off frequency & design resistance. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Design the High pass filter & develop relation of inductance & capacitance
in terms of cut- off frequency & design resistance. [6]
[5925]-534 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1355 [5925]-536
[Total No. of Pages :2
S.E. (Electrical)
NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (203148)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) State following theorems: [6]
i) Intermediate value theorem
ii) Strum’s theorem
b) Explain the following instructions used in C programming [6]
i) printf
ii) scanf
iii) getch
OR
Q2) a) For the polynomial f ( x) 2 x 3 6 x 13, find f (3), f (3), f (3) and
f (3). [6]
b) Explain different types of Operators and its Precedence. [6]
Q3) a) Use Lagrange’s interpolation formula to find f(9) for the given data. [6]
X 5 7 11 13 17
Y 150 392 1452 2366 5202
b) Use Secant method to obtain 12 . Use initial guess 3 and 4. Perform
three iterations. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Derive the formula for Newton backward interpolation formula. [6]
b) Use bisection method to obtain 3
29. Use initial guess 3 and 4. Perform
six iterations. [7]
P.T.O.
dy
Q5) a) Apply RK 4th order method to find y for x = 0.2 Given x y2 ,
dx
Given x0 0, y0 1, h 0.1 [6]
b) Derive the equation for Simpson’s 3/8 th rule for numerical integration
using Newton’s Cotes formula. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Taylor’s series method for solution of ordinary differential
equations. [6]
b) A curve is passing through the points as given in following table. [7]
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
y 0.2 0.7 1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3
Find
i) The area bounded by the curve, the x-axis, x = 1 and x = 9.
ii) The volume of the soild generated by revolving this area about
x-axis. Use Simpson’s (1/3)rd method.
Q7) a) Use Jacobi’s method to solve the following system of equations at the
end of 5th iterations. Use initial values as x = 0, y = 0 and z = 0 [6]
x y 8 z 20
x 5 y z 10
4 x 2 y z 14
b) Explain Gauss elilmination method for solution of linear simultaneous
equation. (Numerical is not expected) [6]
OR
Q8) a) Find numerically the largest eigen value by power method. Show 5
iterations. [6]
5 4 1
A X
0 0
1 2
b) Find [A]–1using Gauss-Jordan method. [6]
2 2 3
A 2 1 1
1 3 5
[5925]-536 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1356 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-537
S.E. (Electrical)
FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROCONTROLLER
AND ITS APPLICATIONS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (203149)
Q1) a) Explain stack organization and enlist stack related instructions. [6]
b) Explain the instructions: [6]
i) MOVX A, @ DPTR
ii) CJNE A, # data, rel
iii) MUL AB
OR
Q2) a) With neat diagram explain internal RAM organization of 8051
microcontroller. [6]
b) Explain the various addressing modes of 8051 and give one example of
each addressing mode. [6]
Q3) a) Write a program to clear External data memory location From E800H to
E8FFH. [6]
b) Draw & explain SCON register. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Draw & explain TMOD register. [6]
b) Write a program to transfer letter ‘A’ serially at baud rate 4800
continuously. Use serial model. Assume XTAL = 12MHz. [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain following microcontroller development tools: [6]
i) Assembler
ii) Simulator
iii) Compiler
b) Explain the function of following pin of ADC 0809. [6]
i) SOC
ii) EOC
iii) ALE
iv) Output Enable
v) ADD A, ADD B, ADD C
OR
Q6) a) Draw and Explain I/O mode of 8255 PPI. [6]
b) Draw 8051 based system to interface DAC. Write a program to generate
triangular wave. [6]
Q7) a) Draw & explain Temperature measurement using 8051. [6]
b) Write a program to monitor a status of SW, if SW is connected to Pin
P2.1 and do following: [7]
i) If SW = 0 DC motor rotate in Clockwise direction
ii) If SW = 1 DC motor rotate in anticlockwise direction
OR
Q8) a) Draw & explain flow measurement using 8051. [6]
b) Write an assembly language program for 8051 to rotate stepper motor in
clockwise and anticlockwise direction with step angle 1.80 [7]
[5925]-537 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1357 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-538
S.E. (Electrical/Instrumentation and Control)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (207006)
d2y 2
ii) y by variation of parameters method.
dx 2
1 ex
d2y dy
1 x 1 x y 2sin log 1 x
2
iii) 2
dx dx
d 2 y dy
b) Solve by Laplace transform method 3 9 with y 0 0 y 0 [4]
dt 2 dt
OR
1 z
ii) Find z z 5 , z 5
c) If the directional derivative of axy byz czx at (1, 1,1) has maximum
magnitude 4 in the direction parallel to x axis, find the values of a, b, c.
[4]
OR
1 a 3 a. r
ii) a 3 5
r
r r r
b) Show that [4]
F y sin z sin x i x sin z 2 yz j xy cos z y 2 k
c) Solve [4]
f k 2 3 f k 1 2 f k 0, f 0 0, f 1 1
OR
[5925]-538 2
Q6) a) Using Green’s lemma evaluate x dx xy dy over the boundary of the
2
b) Evaluate F ds
s
for F yi zj xk where s is the surface of the
paraboloid z 1 x2 y2 , z 0. [4]
4z2 z 1
b) Evaluate c z 2 1 dz, where c is the contour z 1 2 . [4]
OR
Q8) a) Show that analytic function f(z)with constant modulus is constant. [4]
z2 2z
b) Evaluate c z 1 z 2 9 dz, where c is z 3 5. [5]
z 1
c) Find the map of the straight line y = x under the transformation w [4]
z 1
[5925]-538 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1358 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-539
S.E. (Electrical Engineering)
POWER GENERATION TECHNOLOGIES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (203141)
OR
OR
Q5) a) Draw equivalent circuit diagram and I-V curve of a PV cell. [6]
b) List the types of collectors. Explain any one with diagram. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain impact of temperature and isolation on I-V curve of a PV cell.
[6]
b) What are the Advantage and disadvantages of Solar PV cell. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on Grid Connected renewable system with diagram.[6]
b) Explain Biomass energy conversion with neat sketch. [7]
[5925]-539 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1359 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-540
S.E. (Electrical)
ANALOG & DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (203143)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q No.1 or Q No.2, Q No.3 or 4 Q No. 5 or 6, Q No. 7 or 8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Explain binary, octal and hexadecimal system with one example of each.
[6]
b) Explain the operation of JK flip flop with truth table. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Minimize the four variable logic function using K map
F (A, B, C, D) = ∑m(0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 14). [6]
b) Design Mod-10 synchronous up counter using JK flip flop. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the working of OPAMP as ZCD. Also draw the waveforms. [6]
b) Draw and explain frequency response characteristics of ideal and practical
high pass filter. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Explain working of IC 555 monostable multivibrator. [6]
b) Explain the application of OPAMP as triangular wave generator. [7]
Q5) a) Explain Darlington connection and explain how it improves the current
gain. [6]
b) Draw & explain the working push pull amplifier. [6]
OR
[5925]-540 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain AC-DC load line analysis using CE configuration of BJT. [6]
Q7) a) Explain the construction and working of single phase full wave centre
tap rectifier connected to R-load with neat diagram. [7]
b) Compare single phase half wave rectifier with full wave rectifier. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the working of full wave precision rectifier with neat diagrams.[7]
b) Explain the construction and working of three phase full wave bridge
rectifier connected to R-load with neat diagram. [6]
[5925]-540 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1360 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-541
S.E. (Electrical)
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (203142)
Physical Constants:
1) Angstrom Unit(AU) = 1 × 10–10 metres
2) Boltzmann’s Constant (k) = 1.380 × 10 –23 joule.degree -1
3) Charge on Electron (e) = 1.601 × 10 –19 coulomb
4) Mass of Electron (m) = 9.107 × 10–31 kg
5) Electron volt (eV) = 1.602 × 10–19 joules
6) Mass of Proton (mp) = 1.627 × 10–27 kg
7) Velocity of light (c) = 2.998 × 108 m/sec
8) Dielectric Constant of free space (ε0) = 8.854 × 10–12 F/m
9) Permeability of free space (μ0) = 4π × 10–7 H/m
10) Debye Unit = 3.33 × 10–30 coulomb.metre
Q1) a) Describe polar and non-polar dielectric materials with examples. Hence
define permittivity with its unit. [6]
b) State the properties and applications of - [6]
i) Air
ii) Transformer oil
OR
[5925]-541 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) Write short note on fibre optics with its principle of working. State clearly
materials used for fibre optics. [6]
b) Explain properties of insulating materials which are used in Cables and
Transformers. [6]
Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram - Single Electron Transistor (SET). [7]
b) Explain with neat diagram, chemical reaction and applications of - [6]
i) Lead acid battery
ii) Sodium Sulphur Battery
OR
Q6) a) Describe with neat diagrams - [8]
i) Boron Nano Tubes
ii) Carbon clusters
b) What are different types of batteries used in electric vehicles? Write their
properties. [5]
Q7) a) Explain the method of finding dielectric strength of air using sphere gap
voltmeter with a neat diagram as per IS 2584. [7]
b) Explain the step by step method of finding dielectric strength of solid
insulating materials with a neat diagram as per IS. [6]
OR
Q8) a) With neat circuit diagram and phasor diagram, explain measurement of
dielectric loss angle (tan δ) by Schering Bridge as per IS 13585-1994.[7]
b) With neat sketch, explain how flux density is measured with the help of
Gauss meter. [6]
2
[5925]-541
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1361 [5925]-542
[Total No. of Pages : 2
S.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (203144)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessry.
Q1) a) Derive the torque equation for moving iron instruments and also state the
error in MI instruments. [6]
b) Explain loss of charge method for high resistance measurement. [6]
OR
Q2) a) With a circuit diagram derive the equation for balance in the case of
Anderson bridge. [6]
b) A moving coil instrument gives a full scale deflection of 10 mA when the
potential difference across its terminal is 100 mV. Calculate [6]
i) the shunt resistance for a full scale deflection corresponding to
100A,
ii) the series resistance for full scale reading with 1000 V. Calculate the
power dissipation in each case.
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) With a neat phasor diagram, derive the torque equation for induction
type single phase energymeter. [7]
b) With a neat diagram explain the construction and working of
electrodynamometer type instrument. [6]
Q5) a) Describe how the following measurements can be made with the use of
CRO: [6]
i) Voltage measurement
ii) Current measurement
iii) Frequency measurement
c) Explain pressure capacitance transducer with a neat diagram. Write
advantages and disadvantages of capacitive transducer. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Pirani guage for measurement of low pressure. Also state
advantages and disadvantages. [6]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of digital storage oscilloscope. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain construction and working of RVDT with neat diagram. [6]
[5925]-542 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
d2y
i) + y = sec x tan x (using method of variation of parameters).
dx 2
d 2 y 2dy
ii) 2
+ + y = e- x cos3x
dx dx
d 2 y xdy
iii) x2
- + 4 y = cos(2log x)
dx 2 dx
ò f ( x)cos l xdx = 1- l, 0 £ l £ 1
0
= 0, l > 1
OR
Q2) a) A capacitor (C) 10–3 farad is in series with an e.m.f (E) of 20 volts and
an inductor (L) of 0.4 henries. At t = 0 the charge Q and current I are
zero. Find charge Q at any time t. [4]
P.T.O.
b) Solve any one of the following : [4]
z 1
i) Find inverse Z-transform of F( z ) = , z>
æ öæ ö
çç z - 1 ÷÷çç z - 1 ÷÷ 4
çè ÷
4 øè ç 5ø ÷
2k
ii) Find Z-transform of f (k ) = , k ³ 1
k
c) Solve the difference equation : [4]
æ1ö
k
1
f (k + 1) + f (k ) = çç ÷÷÷ , k ³ 0, f (0) = 0
2 çè 2 ø
c) Find the directional derivative of = xy2 + yz3 at (1, –1, 1) along the
direction of 4i + 4 j + 4k . [4]
OR
æ a.r ö a 3(a.r ) r
i) çç 3 ÷÷÷ = 3 -
çè r ÷ø r r5
æ 1ö 3
ii) .ççr 3 ÷÷÷ = 4
çè r ø r
[5925]-543 2
b) Show that F = ( x 2 - yz )i + ( y 2 - xz ) j + ( z 2 - xy ) k is irrotational. Find
Q5) a) Using Green's theorem, evaluate ò F.d r for the vector field
c
òò ( x i + y j + z 3 k )⋅ d s
3 3
b) Using Gauss-Divergence theorem, evaluate
S
OR
Q6) a) Evaluate ò éêëcos yi + x (1- sin y ) j ùúû d r over the closed curve
C
x2 y2
+ = 1, z = 0. [4]
4 9
[5925]-543 3
c) Using Stoke's theorem, evaluate òò (´ F)d s
S
Q7) a) Determine k such that the function, f(z) = ex cosy + i ex sinky is analytic.
[4]
sin p z 2 + cos p z 2
b) Evaluate, ò ( z -1)( z - 4)
dz , where C is the circle | z | = 3 using
C
OR
Q8) a) If u = 3x2 – 3y2 + 2y, find v such that f(z) = u + iv is an analytic function.
[4]
2z2 + 3 1
b) Evaluate, ò ( z - 2)( z -1)3 dz , where C is z - 1 =
2
. [5]
C
z -i
c) Show that the map w = maps upper half of z-plane onto interior
1 - iz
part of unit circle in w-plane. [4]
[5925]-543 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1363 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-544
S.E. (E&TC/ Electronics)
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (204187)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q.5 or Q6, Q7 or Q.8,
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figure to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Draw and explain block diagram of op-amp and explain each block
operation in detail? [6]
b) Explain inverting summing amplifier with neat circuit diagram in detail
with suitable example? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Voltage series feedback amplifier using op-amp and derive
expression for its voltage gain? [6]
b) Draw practical differentiator circuit along with frequency response and
explain its operation. [6]
Q3) a) Draw and explain inverting Schmitt trigger circuit in detail, draw necessary
waveforms. [6]
b) Explain voltage to current coverter circuit with grounded load. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain symmetric square wave generator circuit, Draw necessary
waveforms. [6]
b) Write a short note on : 2 Bit Flash type ADC. [6]
[5925]-544 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain frequency multiplier circuit using PLL. [6]
b) Draw wein bridge oscillator circuit using op-amp. The resistor contribut-
ing in frequency generation connected is 10 K Ω calculate capacitor
value if frequency is 15.9 Hz and then changed to 15.915 KHz. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the terms “ Lock range”, “Capture range” and “Free running
frequency” related to PLL [6]
Q7) a) Explain with circuit diagram first order high pass filter. If the cutoff frequency is
10 KHz and resistor is 1K Ω calculate capacitor required for the circuit.[7]
b) Draw and explain wide band pass filter with its frequency response. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain narrow band pass filter with suitable circuit diagram
and frequency response. [7]
b) Design a first order non-inverting low pass filter with cut-off frequency
1 KHz with pass gain of 2. Draw the designed circuit diagram.
Assume C=0.01μF and R F=5K Ω [6]
[5925]-544 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1364 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-545
S.E. (Electronics/E & TC)
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (204188)
25
G (s)H(s) = .
s + 5s + 25
2
Determine rise time, peak time, maximum overshoot, and settling time.
OR
Q2) a) Determine the overall transfer function of the system shown in Fig. 1
using block diagram reduction rules. [6]
1000 ( s + 8 )
G (s) =
( s + 7 )( s + 9 ) Evaluate the type of system, Kp, Kv, Ka. Also
find the steady state error for the standard step, ramp and parabolic
inputs.
[5925]-545 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Determine the stability of the system with characteristic equation: [4]
Q(s) = s8 + 5s6 + 2s4 + 3s2 + 1= 0.
b) Draw Bode plot of the system with open loop transfer function:
100
G(s) =
s ( s + 0.5 )( s + 10 )
C( s) 5
= 2
R ( s ) ( s + 2s + 5)
K
G (s)H(s) =
s ( s + 2s + 2 )
2
s3 + 2s2 + 5s + 1
G( s) = 4
s + 4s3 + 4s2 + 7s + 2
b) Derive the expression for state transition matrix by Laplace transform
method and state properties of state transition matrix. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Obtain the state transition matrix for the following system. [7]
= 0 −3 x ( t )
X 1 −4
b) Find state controllability and observability of the system if [6]
−2 1 0 0
A = 1 −3 2 , B = 0.1 , C = [1 0 1] , D = [ 0]
10 0 −8 1
[5925]-545 2
Q7) a) Draw and explain block diagram of Digital control system. [6]
b) Draw the ladder diagrams for Ex-OR, NOR and NAND gates. [7]
OR
b) Find Pulse transfer function for the error sampled closed loop system in
Fig 2. [7]
[5925]-545 3
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
[5925]-546
S.E. (Electronics/E&TC)
ANALOG COMMUNICATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (204189)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6 and Q.No.7
or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic talbes, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronics pocket
calculator and steam table is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Derive expression for AM wave and explain power relations for DSB
FC. [6]
b) Compare different SSB generation methods. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Describe Vestigial side band modulation in detail and its applications. [6]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of Superheterodyne receiver for FM
reception. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain performance of SSBSC in presence of noise. [6]
b) Two resistors of 20 K and 50 K are operating at room temperature
(290° K) at bandwidth of 100 KHz. Calculate thermal noise voltage
generated by:
i) each resistor
ii) Resistors in series
iii) resistors in parallel. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following: [6]
i) Thermal Noise
ii) Shot Noise
iii) Partition Noise
b) An amplifier circuit having noise figure of 9 dB and power gain of 25 dB
is followed by mixer having noise figure of 16 dB. Calculate overall
noise figure and equivalent noise temperature at the input of the
combination. [7]
Q7) a) Describe types of sampling with their merits and demerits. [6]
b) Draw and explain PCM with neat block diagram. [7]
OR
Q8) a) What is Nyquist criteria? Explain distortions in the process of sampling
and its remedial solutions. [7]
b) With the help of waveform explain how PWM and PPM can be
generated. [6]
[5925]-546 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2663 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-547
S.E. (E & TC/Electronics)
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (204190)
Q1) a) What are the differences between C++ and Java? [6]
b) What is operator overloading? What are all the operators that cannot be
overloaded? [3]
c) How does a main() function in C++ differ from main( ) in C? [3]
OR
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Difference between method overloading and overriding. [3]
b) How is final different from finally? [3]
c) Write short notes on: [7]
i) Control statements in Java
ii) Command line Arguments
Q5) a) Why is inheritance used in Java? Why is multiple inheritance not supported
in Java? [6]
b) What is the difference between on Interface and an Abstract class? [6]
OR
OR
Q8) a) Explain the life cycle of an Applet. What happens when an applet is
loaded? What is the deffence between an Applet and a Java Application?[7]
b) In Java, How many ways you can take input from console? [6]
[5925]-547 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1365 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-548
S.E. (Electronics / E & TC)
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204181)
Q1) a) A signal x(t) is shown in Fig 1. Sketch the following signal. [4]
i) x(2t+3)
ii) x(–2t+3)
t t 10 dt
3
b) Find the value of following function [2]
d) Evaluate the step response for the LTI system represented by following
impulse response and sketch the step response
h t t t 1 t 2 [3]
OR
Q2) a) Determine whether the following signals are periodic. If periodic find the
period. [4]
x t cos 2 t
2
i)
x n 1
n2
ii)
P.T.O.
b) The systems that follow have input x(t) and output y(t). Determine whether
the corresponding system is [2]
i) Memoryless
ii) Stable
iii) Causal
iv) Linear
y t x t / 2
c) Find the expression for the impulse response relating the input x(t) to the
output y(t) for the system shown in Fig 2. [3]
d) Find the output response of the LTI system if input x(t) and impulse
response h(t) are given by [3]
x t u t
h t e 2t 1u t 1
Q3) a) Find the trignometric Fourier series for the signal x(t) shown in Fig. 3.[3]
ii) t 2e 2t u t
d 2t
c) Find the fourier transform of x t
dt
e u t [3]
OR
[5925]-548 2
Q4) a) Find Fourier transform of following signal and sketch magnitude and
phase spectrum. [6]
i) x t t 2e5t u t
d 2 2t
ii) x t
dt 2
e u t
if initial conditions are zero
b) Find the inverse Laplace transform if [4]
1
x s ; 5 Re s 1
s 5 s 1 s 2
c) Find the transfer function of the following [3]
i) An ideal differentiator
ii) An ideal integrator
OR
Q6) a) Find the unilater Laplace transform of following signal. [6]
i) x t e3t u t tu t
ii) x t t 2e2t u t
7 s 10
b) Find initial and final value of a signal x s given by x s = . [4]
s s 2
c) Plot pole-zero diagram and check the system is causal and stable.
1
x s= [3]
s 5 s 1 s 2
Q7) a) If a single (fair) die is rolled, determine the probability of each of the
following event. [3]
i) Obtaining the number 6.
ii) Obtaining a number greater than 5.
iii) Obtaining a number less than 3 and greater than or equal to 2.
[5925]-548 3
b) A random variable has probability density function given by [4]
0.1 ; 3 x 7
fx x =
0 ; elsewhere
i) Find the mean value
ii) Find the mean square value
iii) Find the variance
iv) Standard deviation
OR
Find
i) Value of k
ii) Mean value
iii) Variance
[5925]-548 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1366 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-549
S.E. (E& TC/Electronics)
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (204182)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5, or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithm tables slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator and
steam table is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What is thermal runaway? Explain the thermal stability conditions. [6]
b) Consider single stage CE amplifier with R1=50K Ω , R2=5K Ω ,
RC=3.9K Ω , RL=2K Ω , hfe=50, hre=2.5×10 –4 ,hoe=25uA/V and
hie=1.1K Ω [7]
Calculate : Av, Ri, Ro.
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain the diode bias compensation technique. [6]
b) How the input resistance of amplifier circuit can be improved? Explain
with suitable diagram. [7]
Q3) a) Draw and explain RC phase shift oscillator and calculate output frequency
with R=10 K Ω and C=0.01uF [6]
b) Explain the general characteristics of negative feedback amplifier. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain the hybrid- ∏ model of common emitter (CE) amplifier
model. [6]
b) Compare the different types of feedback topologies. [6]
Q5) a) What is crossover distortion? Explain the method to overcome the cross-
over distortion. [6]
[5925]-549 1 P.T.O.
b) Class A power Amplifier has zero signal collector current of 100mA. If
the collector supply voltage is 10V, determine. [7]
i) Maximum ac power output
ii) Power rating of transistor
iii) Maximum collector circuit efficiency
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain the vertically oriented structure of power BJT. [6]
b) Draw and explain the complementary symmetry class B power amplifier.
State the merits and Demerits of it. [7]
b) Draw and explain the constant current source biasing circuit using
MOSFET. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the common source E-MOSFET amplifier & explain its modes of
operation in detail with equation. [6]
b) For the circuit shown in figure1. Calculate IDQ, VDSQ [6]
[5925]-549 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1367 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-550
S.E. (E &TC and Electronics)
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND MACHINES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204183)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
2) Use of non-programmable electronics pocket calculator is allowed.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Using current source shifting and source transformation technique obtain
equivalent voltage across the terminals a–b in the circuit shown below.
All resistors are in ohms. [6]
[5925]-550 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1368 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-551
S.E. (E & TC/ Electronics)
DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204184)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
[5925]-551 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define Binary search tree. Construct BST for following elements: [7]
12, 8, 25, 14, 9, 6, 18
Also how pre-order, in-order and post - order traversal for the same
b) Explain following terms related to tree. [5]
i) Root
ii) Sub-tree
iii) Level of Node
iv) Siblings
v) Height of tree
OR
Q6) a) Write a C-function to scarch an element in Binary search tree. [6]
b) Explain Binary tree. Explain any two types of binary trees with suitable
figures. [6]
[5925]-551 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-3143 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-552
S.E. (E & TC/Electronics)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (204185)
Q1) a) Draw and explain 1:4 DEMUX-block diagram, truth table, working and
logic diagram using basic gates. [6]
b) Explain SR-Flip flop with neat block diagram, Truth table. [4]
c) Compare Encoder and decoder. [2]
OR
Q2) a) Define K-map with example. [4]
b) Design 3-bit parity generator ciruit. [5]
c) Explain 2’s compliment method with example. [3]
Q3) a) Design the sequential ciruit for the given state diagram using D Flip flop[6]
OR
[5925]-552 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the following characteristics of digital IC’s: [6]
i) VIH and VOH
ii) Noise immunity
iii) Figure of Merit.
b) Write short note on state diagram and state table with suitable example.[6]
[5925]-552 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1369 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-553
S.E. (Information Technology)
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (214450)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figure to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Rasterize a line from (1,1) to (5,3) using Bresenham’s line drawing
algorithm. [6]
b) What is aliasing and antialiasing? What are the techniques used to remove
aliasing problems. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate the steps involved in scan line polygon filling algorithm with
example. [6]
b) Magnify the triangle P(0,0) Q(2,2),R(10,4) to four times its size while
keeping R(10,4) fixed. [6]
[5925]-553 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the rules required for different types of animation. [7]
b) Explain OpenGL with respect to functions and features. [6]
OR
OR
Q8) a) Explain how koch curves are generated. Also calculate fractal and topological
dimensions. [7]
[5925]-553 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1370 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-554
S.E. (Information Technology)
PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND INTERFACING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (214451)
[5925]-554 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) List 4 operating modes of timer and explain SFRs related to Timer/
Counter in 8051 microcontroller. [6]
b) Draw interrupt structure of 8051 and explain the same. List priority of all
interrupt sources. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain significance of IE and IP registers with format. [7]
Q7) a) Explain BSR control word format of PPI 8255. Write instructions to set
and clear PC5. (Assume CWR address 67H) [7]
b) How to configure port 1 and port 2 for 2 digit seven segment display.
Explain with diagram & instructions. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain ADC interfacing with 8051. Explain significance of any 2 interfacing
control signals. [6]
[5925]-554 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1371 [5925]-555
[Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E. (I.T.)
DATA STRUCTURES AND FILES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (214452)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Convert following Infix expression to Postfix and Prefix form. Make use
of appropriate data structure which can be used for conversion. [6]
(A–B)* (C+D–E*F) * G
b) Traverse a given tree in Preorder, and Inorder using appropriate data
structure. Show step by step insertion and deletion of node in used data
structure. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of input restricted and output restricted double ended
queue with example. [6]
b) Construct Binary Search Tree for given strings. JAN, FEB, MAR, APR,
MAY, JUN, JUL, AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, DEC. After construction of
BST, delete the node “MAR” from the tree with detail explanation. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) For a given weighted graph, find shortest path from vertex ‘0’ to all
remaining vertices using Dijkastr’a Shortest Path Algorithm. [6]
b) For the given set of frequencies, build Huffman tree and generate Huffman
codes. [6]
Character Frequency
A 5
B 9
C 12
D 13
E 16
F 45
OR
Q4) a) For a given adjacency matrix, draw weighted graph and find out Minimum
Spanning Tree by applying Kruskal’s Algorithm and Prim’s (Consider
Starting Vertex as ‘a’) Algorithm. [7]
a b c d e
a 0 1.5 0 0 0
b 1.5 0 3.8 0 2.5
c 0 3.8 0 2.2 0.7
d 0 0 2.2 0 0.5
e 0 2.5 0.7 0.5 0
b) For the given values, construct hash table of size 10. If collision occures,
use Liniar probing with chaining with replacement method to resolve the
collision. ( Mention step wise insertion in the table and hightight collision
and its resolution)
Values are : 12, 100, 33, 42, 95, 104, 25, 57 [5]
[5925]-555 2
Q5) a) Justify. “All AVL tress are binary search trees but all binary search trees
need not be AVL tree” [6]
b) Write short note on [8]
i) Red and Black Tree
ii) B+ Tree
OR
Q6) a) For a given tree, Identify whether it is an AVL tree or not? If it is not an
AVL tree, convert it into balanced AVL tree. After conversion, insert
node 15 and 24 in the tree. Delete node 20 and 22 from the tree. After
insertion and deletion operation, if the tree is imbalanced, make it balanced
AVL tree. [8]
[5925]-555 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1372 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-556
S.E. (Information Technology)
FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNICATION & COMPUTER
NETWORK
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (214453)
Q1) a) List & explain network to pologies along with schematics. Applications
advantages & disadvantages. [6]
b) Explain the amplitude modulation with waveforms of modulating signal,
carrier singal & amplitude modulated carrier signal & expression. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on any one guided media w.r.t. subtypes, construction,
applications, merits & demerits. [6]
b) State for frequency modulation the waveforms expression & bandwidth.
[6]
Q3) a) In a system, two bits 0 & 1 are transmitted with probabilities 0.25 &
0.75, calculate the information carried by each one. [6]
b) Find the minimum Hamming distance in a code having code words 00000,
01011, 10101 & 11110. How many errors can this code detect & how
many errors can it correct. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the concept of delta modulation, with the help of waveforms. [6]
b) Explain stops wait ARQ protocol for noisy channel w.r.t. various cases
such as succesful frame transmission, frame either lost or received with
errors, frame received but ACK lost. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain CSMA/CD with types of persistent & flow diagram. [6]
b) What is multiplexing? Describe WDM with waveforms, block schematic
of WDM MUX & D EMUX. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Elucidate FDMA with schematic. [6]
b) Explain the controlled access network types with suitable diagrams. [7]
Q7) a) Give Specifications of Gigabit ethernet versions; 1000 Base SX, 1000 tX
& 1000 Base TX, such as media, maximum length, encoding technique.
[6]
b) State the functions of switch, router & gateway. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Give specifications of fast ethernet versions; 100 Base TX, 100 Base FX
& 100 Base Th, suchas media, maximum length, encoding used [6]
b) Describe circuit switching with the help of schematic, three phases,
efficiency, delay & applications. [7]
[5925]-556 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1373 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-557
S.E. (I.T.)
COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (214442)
P.T.O.
Q6) a) How virtual memory is managed using paging and TLB. [6]
b) Explain events of Fetch cycle of MIPS. [6]
[5925]-557 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1374 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-558
S.E. (Information Technology)
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (214443)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Convert the following hexadecimal numbers into octal and binary numbers:
[6]
i) A72D ii) BD6.7 iii) DF
b) Minimize the four variable logic function using K-map. F (A,B,C,D)=m
(0,1,2,3,5,7,8,9,11,14) [6]
OR
Q2) a) Define TTL? Define any five standard TTL characteristics & mention
their value. [6]
b) Imlement the following function using 4:1 multiplexer and logic gate:
F(A,B,C,D)=m(0,2,5,8,10,15) [6]
Q7) a) List and explain different data types used in VHDL. [6]
b) Compare sequential & concurrent statements in VHDL with suitable
examples. [7]
OR
Q8) a) What is VHDL? Declare entity for 2 bit. AND and OR gate. [6]
b) Differentiate Data flow, Behavoiral and structural type of modeling in
VHDL. [7]
[5925]-558 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1375 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-559
S.E. (Information Technology)
FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (214444)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What is pointer? What is the need of pointer variable? List any 4
advantages of using pointers. [6]
b) Write a pseudo C code to concatenate, copy two strings using user
defined function. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a pseudo C code to accept and display elements of a 2D Array
using dynamic memory allocation. [6]
b) List all relational operators and explain each with suitable example. [6]
[5925]-559 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Give the sparse representation for the following matrix. Write a C
pseudocode to perform addition of 2 sparse matrices. [8]
0 1 0 0
2 0 0 3
4 0 0 2
b) Illustrate with example the different storage representations and address
calculation for 2D arrays. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define Linear Data structure. Represent the following polynomials using
sequential organization. [8]
i) x2 + 8x3 – x + 16
ii) x5y4 – 6x3y3 + 10x2 + y2 – 10
iii) 8x4y3z3 + x3y2 – 7x2z2 + y2z2 – 3y
b) Explain the implementation of the stack data structure, using sequential
organization. Why is stack used in recursion? [6]
[5925]-559 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1376 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-560
S.E. (Information Technology)
PROBLEM SOLVINGAND OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (214445)
Q1) a) What are the different types of operators? Give precedence of operators.[6]
OR
Q2) a) How would you compare positive logic over negative logic? [6]
c) Enlist the properties of static data members and static member function.[4]
OR
Q4) a) Write C++ program to overload unary minus (–) operator. [4]
[5925]-560 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is the need of virtual destructor. [4]
OR
OR
[5925]-560 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1377 [5925]-561
[Total No. of Pages : 4
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Let R = {(a, d), (b, a), (b, d), (c, b), (c, d), (d, c)}. Use warshall’s
algorithm to find the matrix of transitive closure, where A = {a, b, c, d}.
[6]
b) Whether that the following graphs are isomorphic? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Show that the set of all divisors of 36 forms a lattice? [6]
b) Find the shortest path from S to all other vertices of the given graph
usng Dijkstra’s algorithm. [6]
Q5) a) For the following set of weights, construct optimal binary prefix code.
For each weight in the set, give the corresponding code words.
8, 9, 12, 14, 16, 19. [7]
[5925]-561 2
b) Obtain the minimum spanning tree for the following graph using Kruskal’s
algorithm. Obtain the total cost of minimum spanning tree. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is binary tree? Write preorder, inorder, postorder traversals of
following binary tree. [7]
b) What is the total number of nodes in a Strictly binary tree with 20 leaves?
Draw such tree. [6]
[5925]-561 3
Q7) a) Show that G = {1,5,7,11) is a group under multiplicaiton modulo 12. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Check whether the following is commutative and associative. [7]
i) a*b=a+b+2
ii) a*b=ab+2b
[5925]-561 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) With the help of neat diagram explain the electromagnetic type flow
measurement. [6]
b) Explain the capacitive type level measurement with neat diagram. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on Laminar and turbulent flows. [6]
b) Explain with neat diagram solid level detectors for level measurement.
[6]
Q5) a) Determine how many bits a D/A converter must have to provide output
increment of 0.2 V or less with reference of 5V. [7]
b) Explain signal level and bias change with neat example. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain general practical guidelines for designing low pass filter. [7]
b) Explain the following stages of signal conditioner : [6]
i) Linearization
ii) Signal conversions
[5925]-562 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1379 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-563
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM
(2015 Pattern)(Semester-II) (206268)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) Define stability. Write the concept of poles and zeros. How the stability
can be defined with respect to pole zero. [6]
b) The transfer function of a system is given below:
8( s − 3)( s + 4)
G(S) =
s ( s + 1)( s − 5)
Determine the poles & zeros & show the pole zero configurations in
S-plane. Also comment on stability. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Elaborate brief classification of control system with example. [6]
b) Solve the following: [6]
Q3) a) Differentiate between open loop & closed loop system with example.[6]
b) Obtain inverse laplace transform of the following:
1
i)
s 2 + 4s + 8
s+2
ii) [6]
s + 4s + 6
2
OR
[5925]-563 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Elaborate the steps to plot time domain analysis method. [4]
b) The transfer function of unity feedback control system is given by :
K
G(S) =
s (s + 4)
Plot the Root Locus & determine the value of K where ε is 0.707 [8]
Y( s ) s 2 + 6s + 8
b) Decompose the transfer function = by cascade
U( s ) s ( s + 1)( s + 3)
decomposition. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the terms state, Sate Vector, State Variable and State Space. [4]
b) Determine different canonical form for system with transfer function.[10]
Y( s) 10( s + 4)
=
U( s) s( s + 1)( s + 3)
[5925]-563 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1380 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-564
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (206269)
Q1) a) State the advantages and limitation of true RMS meter. [4]
b) What is sine wave synthesis? Explain direct synthesis. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is Q meter? Explain about its application and discuss in detail
about any one method of measurement using Q meter? [8]
b) Explain pulse waveform characteristics. [4]
Q3) a) With a neat diagram explain working and application of PLL using IC
LM565. [6]
b) Draw digitalramp ADC and write down its operation. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Define quantization error and conversion time for ADC. [6]
b) Write short notes on a Synchronous VFC. [6]
Q5) a) Define telemetry and with neat block diagram, explain telemetry system.[7]
OR
[5925]-564 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) List and explain various types of modulation method. [6]
Q7) a) Draw the block diagram of Spectrum analyzer and explain its working
with help of spectrum. [7]
OR
[5925]-564 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1381 [5925]-565
[Total No. of Pages : 2
Q3) a) Design 4:1 Multiplexer for the following Boolean function [6]
f ( A, B, C , D ) m(0,1, 2,3,6,8,9,10,13,15,17,20, 24)
b) Design Boolean function using a 3:8 Decoder and external gates. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Convert JK flip flop to D Flip Flop. [6]
b) Design Hexadecimal to binary Decoder. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Design a Synchronous Counter from the state diagram and Avoid Lockout
Condition. [8]
[5925]-565 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1382 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-567
S.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS-I
(2015 Pattern)(Semester-I) (206261)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q3) a) Explain the toothed rotor variable reluctance tachometer with a neat diagram.
[6]
b) List four techniques for force measurement. Explain the load cell for
measurement of force. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the magnetic pickup sensor for speed measurement. [6]
b) Define piezoelectric effect. Explain piezoelectric sensor for force measure-
ment with neat diagram. [6]
[5925]-567 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) List different types of elastic transducer for pressure measurement. Explain
the working of any one of them. [7]
b) Explain any one secondary pressure sensor with a neat diagram. [6]
OR
Q6) a) List techniques for differential pressure measurement. Explain the working
of any one of them. [7]
b) Give units of pressure. Explain the working of bellows with neat diagram.
[6]
Q7) a) Explain the principle and working of pyrometer for measurement of tem-
perature. [7]
[5925]-567 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1383 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-568
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
BASIC INSTRUMENTATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (206262)
Q1) a) Derive the expression for loading effect due to shunt connected
instrument with neat diagram. Comment on the input impedance of shunt
connected instrument for maximum power transfer. [6]
OR
Q2) a) In a voltmeter, the moving coil consists of 100 turns wound on a square
former which has a length of 3 cm and the flux density in the air gap is
0.06 Wb/m2. Calculate the deflecting torque on the coil when it is carrying
a current of 12 milliamperes. [3]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain the block diagram of Digital Storage Oscilloscope.[6]
Q5) a) Explain the digital single phase energy measurement system with neat
block diagram. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Develop and explain the digital block diagram system for human body
temperature measurement. State minimum five advantages of digital
instruments over analog instruments. [7]
[5925]-568 2
Q7) a) Explain the architecture of virtual Instrumentation with neat block diagram.
[7]
b) Draw the neat diagram of function generator and explain the circuit
operation with its waveforms. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Suggest the suitable recorder for measurement of two process variables.
Explain it with neat diagram. State its different applications. [8]
[5925]-568 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1384 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-569
S.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (206263)
Q1) a) Explain the difference between open loop and closed-loop OP-AMP with
based on different performance parameters and neat diagrams. [6]
OR
Q2) a) An non-inverting OP-AMP has gain bandwidth product (UGB) = 2.1 MHz.
b) Derive the voltage equation for the feedback non-inverting amplifier with
neat circuit diagram. [6]
OR
[5925]-569 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is called precision rectifiers? Explain Precision half-wave rectifier
with neat circuit diagram using OP-AMP. [6]
Q5) a) Explain Astable Multivibrator using IC 555 with neat circuit diagram and
waveforms [6]
b) Design High voltage regulator (HVR) using IC 723 neat circuit diagram for
12.5V regulated output. Assume suitable data. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Design Monostable multivibrator using IC 555 for the pulse width of 3.95ms.
[6]
Q7) a) Explain first order Butterworth high-pass filter and also draw circuit diagram.
[6]
b) What is “Q” factor of filter? Draw detailed ideal and practical output
responses for all types of filters. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the circuit diagram of Butterworth Twin-T filter explain its response.
[6]
b) Design and draw first order Butterworth non-inverting low-pass filter for
the cut- off frequency of 950 Hz. Assume suitable data with neat circuit
diagrams. [7]
[5925]-569 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1385 [5925]-570
[Total No. of Pages : 3
Q1) a) Explain sign connections to be used in KCL & KVL. Calculate the voltage
through 2A source. [6]
OR
Q2) State & explain Thevenin’s theorem. Obtain Thevenin’s equivalent
resistance & current of circuit given below. Also find power loss in 1
resistance. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) In the circuit below, find zin (S). Also find the voltage transfer function.
[6]
OR
S 2 2S 20
i)
S 10
S 2 10 S 4
ii)
S 2
b) State & explain necessary & sufficient conditions for transfer function.
[6]
OR
[5925]-570 2
Q6) a) State properties of RC driving point impedance function. [6]
b) In a series LCR type BPF, L= 50 mH, C=127nF & RF= 63ohms.
Determine Resonance frequency, Band width, Cut off frequencies. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Write technical notes on Hurwitz polynomial. [6]
b) Realize the network having impedance function: [8]
S 2 2 S 10
Z(S)
S ( S 5)
[5925]-570 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain With neat Sketch Roots Blower Compressor and Draw PV
diagram. [6]
b) An Ideal Vapour Compression refrigeration cycle is working on
refrigerant R-134a. The cold region of the cycle is at 0°C and warm
region at 26 °C. The mass flow rate of refrigerant is 0.1 kg/sec, Calculate
1) Compressor Work input, 2) Refrigerating capacity, 3) Coefficient
of Performance, 4) COP of Carnot refrigerating cycle operating between
the same temperature limits. [6]
From Refrigeration Tables: at 0°C , h1=247.22 KJ/kg, S1 = 0.919 KJ/KgK
At 26 °C, P2 = 6.853 bar, h2s = 264.7 KJ/kg, hf3=h4=85.75 KJ/Kg
(Throttling Process)
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between Centrifugal and axial flow Compressor. [6]
b) Find the work required in a single stage reciprocating air compressor
to compress air at the rate of 1 kg/sec from 1 bar and 300 k to 8 bar in
all three cases of compression i.e. Isothermal, Isentropic and Polytropic
with indexa 1.25. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A Gas Turbine Unit has a pressure ratio of 6:1 and maximum cycle
temperature of 610 °C. The isentropic efficiencies of Compressor and
Turbine are 0.8 and 0. 82 respectively. Calculate the power output in
KW of an electric generator geared to the turbine; when air enters
compressor at 15 °C at the rate of 16 kg/sec. Take Cp=1.005 KJ/Kg K
and = 1.4 for Compression; Cp= 1.110 KJ/Kg K and = 1.33 for
Expansion [6]
b) What are the different methods of governing of internal combustion
engine? [6]
OR
Q4) a) What are the methods for improvements of thermal efficiency of open
cycle gas turbine plant, explain any one with neat sketch. [6]
b) Explain Battery or Coil Ignition System with neat sketch. [6]
Q7) a) Explain Four Stages of Combustion in C.I. Engine with neat sketch.[7]
b) What are the differences between Cetane number and Octane Number?
[6]
OR
Q8) a) Write short Note on Emission Norms. [6]
b) What are the different Principal Sources of Pollutants from Engine?[7]
[5925]-571 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1387 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-572
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
METROLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (202064)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3. orQ.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of non-programmable Calculator allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Enlist linear & Angular measuring instruments. Discuss ‘Sine Bar’ [6]
b) Design a Go-No Go plug gauge for checking of a hole having size 42H7.
Diameter 42 mm lies in 30-50 mm range. Standard Tolerance Unit, i=0.45
(D^0.333)+0.001D. IT7=16i Assume Gauge maker’s Tolerance
(GMT)=10% of work tolerance & Wear Allowance (WA) equal to 10%
of GMT. Show it with a diagrammatic representation. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on (any 1) [6]
i) ‘Surface Roughness’. It’s causes & effects.
ii) LVDT
b) Define the terms-precision, Calibration and Traceability [6]
[5925]-572 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain concept of controllability of quality : self control. [7]
b) Write note on Juran’s triology Approach. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write note (any 1) [8]
i) QMS (ISO 9000 & TS 16949)
ii) Eight pillars of TPM
b) Explain failure mode effects and criticality assessment (FMECA). [5]
Q7) a) Classify various control charts based on their applications. Explain concept
of process capability. [7]
b) Table below show the number of defects found in inspection of 10 bundles
(bales) of synthetic yarns [6]
Bundle No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of Defectives 5 2 4 3 1 4 2 3 13 4
i) Determine the control limits for C chart and state whether the process
is in control.
ii) If the point that goes outside the control limits is analyzed and eliminated,
what will be the value of new control limit?
OR
Q8) a) Define the following elements and show quality regular on OC Curve. [8]
i) α-risk
ii) β-risk
iii) AOQ
iv) AOQL
b) Calculate sample size & AOQ for single sampling plan using following
data. [5]
i) Probability of acceptance of 0.4% defectives in a lot=0.558,
ii) Lot size=10,000
iii) Acceptance number=1,
iv) np’ for sample=1.5,
v) Detectives found in the sample are not to be replaced. If defectives
found in sample are to be replaced then what will be AOQ?
[5925]-572 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1388 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-573
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (202065)
Q1) a) What are the different materials used for Pattern? [6]
b) Explain different properties of molding sand? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is strain hardening? What is the importance of strain hardening in
forming processes? [6]
b) Differentiate between Hot and cold working processes. [6]
Q3) a) Explain working of TIG welding process with neat sketch. [6]
b) What are different Welding defects and their remedies. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with neat sketch different attachments for lathe machine. [6]
b) A cylindrical stainless steel rod with length L=150 mm, diameter D0 = 12
mm is being reduced in diameter to Df = 11 mm by turning on a lathe.
The spindle rotates at N = 400 rpm, and the tool is travelling at an axial
speed of 200 mm/min [6]
Calculate:
i) The cutting speed
ii) The cutting time
[5925]-573 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch different types of milling cutter. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain different operations performed on drilling machine. [6]
b) Explain designation system of grinding wheel? [7]
Q7) a) Explain working principle of abrasive jet machining with neat sketch and
state its advantages. [7]
b) Explain working principle of plasma arc machining with neat sketch.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain working principle of electro chemical machining with neat sketch
and state its advantages. [7]
[5925]-573 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1389 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[5925]-574
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
THEORY OF MACHINES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (202068)
Q3) a) Draw a neat sketch of centrifugal clutch, give one practical applicaiton.[4]
b) Derive an expression for velocity and acceleration of slider as well as
angular velocity of connecting rod in single slider crank mechanism by
analytical method. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw neat and properly labeled polar diagram for single Hookes joint.[4]
b) Explain with neat diagram the prony brake dynamometer. [6]
[5925]-574 2
Q7) a) Explain the procedure to construct Kleins construction to determine the
acceleration of a slider crank mechanism when crank rotates with uniform
angular velocity. [4]
b) Fig. 2 shows a crank and slotted lever quick return mechanism in which
driving crank CP is 105 mm long and it rotates clockwise at 90 rpm. The
Slotted link length, OD is 420 mm. Determine for the given configuration
velocity and acceleration of point D. [11]
OR
Q8) a) The crank of reciprocating engine is 250mm long and connecting rod is
950mm long. The crank rotates at 200 rpm in clockwise direction. Find
velocity and acceleration of mid point of connecting rod when the crank
makes 120° with IDC. Also determine angular velocity and angular
acceleration of connecting rod. Use Kleins construction method. [10]
[5925]-574 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1390 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-575
S.E. (Mechanical/Mechanical Sandwich & Automobile)
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (203152)
Q1) a) Explain power flow diagram in three phase-induction motor and obtain
the relationship between the rotor input, rotor copper loss and gross
mechanical power developed in the rotor. [6]
b) A 200 V, 4 pole lap wound DC shunt motor has 800 conductors on its
armature. The resistance of armature winding is 0.5 Ω and that of shunt
field winding is 200 Ω. The motor takes current of 21A and flux per pole
is 30mWb. Find the speed and gross torque developed in motor. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain following characteristics of DC shunt and DC series
motors:
i) torque-armature current characteristics and
ii) speed-torque characteristics [6]
b) A 50 Hz, 8 pole, 3 phase induction motor has a full load slip of 4%. The
rotor resistance is 0.001 Ω per phase and standstill reactance is 0.005 Ω
per phase.
Find:
i) ratio of maximum torque to full load torque and
ii) the speed at which maximum torque occurs [7]
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Compare brushless DC motor with conventional DC motor. [6]
b) What are the elements of a typical n-channel data acquisition system?
Draw a neat block diagram of a typical n-channel data acquisition system
and state the function of each block in brief. [6]
Q5) a) Draw the schematic showing general purpose Arduino Board. [6]
b) Explain the following Arduino functions used for serial communication
using Arduino IDE:
i) Serial. begin()
ii) Serial. end()
iii) Serial. available() [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain the interfacing of an LED with Arduino board. Write
an algorithm to blink an LED. [6]
b) Explain in brief the following GPIO functions along with syntax:
i) pinMode()
ii) digitalWrite()
iii) digitalRead() [6]
Q7) a) What is an accelerometer? What are various types of accelerometers?
Draw the diagram showing the interfacing of 328P based Arduino board
with accelerometer. [6]
b) What is the principle of operation of strain gauge? Draw a neat sketch
showing the interfacing of strain gauge with Atmega 328P based Arduino
board given that output voltage from strain gauge after signal conditioning
is connected to analog pin 0 of Arduino board.
Write algorithmic steps to display strain on serial monitor. [7]
OR
Q8) a) List any six features of in-built ADC in AT mega 328P microcontroller.
[6]
b) Explain temperature measurement scheme using LM35 temperature sensor
interfaced with Arduino UNO board. Draw the diagram and write the
algorithm for execution. [7]
[5925]-575 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1391 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-576
S.E. (Automobile/Mechanical/(Mechanical Sandwich)
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (207002)
OR
Q2) a) A body of weight 9.8 N is suspended from a spring having constant
4N/m. Prove that the motion is one of resonance if a force 16 sin 2t is
applied and damping is negligible. Assume that initially the weight is at
rest in the equilibrium position. [4]
b) Solve any one of the following: [4]
i) L e 2 t t cos 3t
2s 5
ii) L1 2
s 4s 13
P.T.O.
c) Solve the differential equation by Laplace transform method. [4]
d2y dy
2
3 2 y 12e2t , where y 0 2, y 0 6
dt dt
OR
b) The first four moments of a distribution about the value 3.5 are 0.058064,
0.451612, 0.082259 & 0.5. Calculate the first four moments about the
mean. [4]
ar
ii) 0
r
[5925]-576 2
b) Evaluate F nˆ ds where F x3 i y 3 j z 3k and s is the surface of the
S
sphere x 2 y 2 z 2 a 2 [5]
OR
2 r nˆ
b) Show that r dv
V S
r
ds [4]
[5]
Solve u k u2 subject to
2
b) [7]
t x
i) u (0, t) = 0 t
ii) u (l, t) = 0 t
iii) u (x, t) is bounded
u0 x
iv) u x, 0 for 0 x L
L
OR
[5925]-576 3
Q8) a) An infinitely long uniform metal plate is enclosed between lines y = 0 and
y = L for x > 0. The temperature is zero along the edges y = 0, y = L and
at infinity. If the edge x = 0 is kept at a constant temperature u0 . Find the
distribution of temperature u(x, y). [7]
u 2u
b) Use Fourier sine transform to solve 0 x , t 0 under the
t x 2
conditions.
i) u 0, t 0 t 0
1 0 x 1
ii) u x,0
0 x 1
iii) u 0 as x
u
iv) 0 as x [6]
t
[5925]-576 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1392 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-577
S.E. (Mech./Auto.)
THERMODYNAMICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (202043)
Q1) a) A certain mass of air, initially at a pressure of 480 kPa and temperature of
190°C is expanded adiabatically to a pressure of 94 kPa. It is then heated
at constant volume until it attains its initial temperature, when its pressure
is found to be 150 kPa. Shows the cycle on P.V. and T.S. diagram and
state the type of compression necessary to bring the system back to its
original pressure and volume. Also determine the index of adiabatic
expansion and the work done per kg of air. Take R = 0.29 kJ/kg K for
air. [6]
b) Show that Kelvin Planck statement and Clausius statement are equivalent
and lead to the same meaning. [6]
OR
Q2) a) The Cop of a Carnot refrigerator is 7 when it rejects heat energy into
atmosphere at 27°C. It consumes 150 W of electrical power. Determine
the cooling cabinet temperature in degree Celsius and refrigerating effect,
in kW. [6]
b) Calculate the change in entropy per kg of air in the following cases - [6]
i) Air expands isothermally from 6 bar to 3 bar
ii) Air is compressed to half the volume at constant pressure
iii) Heat is supplied to air at constant volume till its pressure becomes
threefold.
Assume suitable data.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define the following terms related to Air standard cycles : [3]
i) Compression Ratio
ii) Load Ratio
iii) Constant volume heat addition pressure ratio
b) Explain the term Mean Effective Pressure. What is its significance? [4]
c) With the help of T.S. diagram, explain how the following actions lead to
an increase in efficiency of Rankine cycle - [6]
i) Lowering the condenser pressure
ii) Super heating the steam to high temperatures
iii) Increasing the boiler pressure
OR
Q4) a) Explain how reversed Carnot cycle can be employed to obtain
refrigeration, with the help of a schematic diagram, T.S. an P-h chart.[7]
b) A simple Rankine cycle was steam as the working medium and operates
between 50 kPa and 2000 kPa. Determine the quality of steam as if leaves
the turbine, thermal efficiency of the cycle, and mass flow rate of steam
required to produce 10000 kW power. Compare this efficiency with that
of a Carnot cycle operating within the same temperature limits. [6]
Q5) a) What do you understand by the term “Boiler Draught”? What are the
advantages of artificial drought over natural drought? [7]
b) Write a list of different boiler accessories and mention the function of
each of them. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how the boilers can be classified on the basis of following: [6]
i) Use
ii) Tube contents
iii) Tube shape and position
iv) Furnace position
v) Circulation
vi) Firing
[5925]-577 2
b) The following data is recorded during a trial on a boiler. [7]
Duration of trial :- 8 hours
Pressure of steam leaving the boiler :- 14 bar
Conditon of steam leaving the boiler :- 0.973 dry
Feed water evaporated :- 26700 kg
Temperature of feed water at inlet :- 50ºC
Mass of coal fired :- 4260 kg
Calorific value of coal fired :- 28900 kJ/kg
Air supplied per kg of coal fired :- 17 kg
Temperature of flue gas leaving boiler :- 344°C
Boiler house temperature :- 21°C
Specific heat of flue gases at constant pressure :- 1.1 kJ/kg K
Determine -
i) Boiler efficiency
ii) Equivalent evaporation, and
iii) Heat lost to flue gases
Q7) a) Consider a house which contains air at 20°C and 75% relative humidity,
while the outside temperature is 10°C. At what temperature of the window,
will the moisture in the air start condensing on the inner surfaces of the
windows? [4]
b) What do you understand by relative humidity of air? What is its
significance? [2]
c) A 5 m × 5 m × 3 m room contains air at 25°C and 100 kPa at a relative
humidity of 75%. [6]
Determine -
i) the partial pressure of dry air
ii) the specific humidity of the air
iii) the enthalpy per unit mass of dry air
OR
Q8) a) Show the following air conditioning process on a psychometric chart -[6]
i) Simple heating and cooling
ii) Heating with humidification
iii) Cooling witth dehumidification
b) Air enters an evaporative cooler at 1 atm, 35°C and 20% relative humidity.
It exists at 80% relative humidity. Determine the exit temperature of the
air and the lowest temperature to which the air can be cooled by this
evaporative cooler. [6]
[5925]-577 3
[5925]-577 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1393 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-578
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile) (Mechanical/Sandwich)
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (202051)
Q1) a) The following data refers to tensile test conducted on mild steel bar [6]
i) Diameter of steel bar = 30mm
ii) Gauge length = 200mm
iii) Extension of bar at 100 KN = 0.139mm
iv) Load at elastic limit = 230 KN
v) Maximum load = 360 KN
vi) Total extension = 56mm
vii) Diameter of rod at failure = 22.25mm
Calculate
1) Young’s modulus
2) Percentage elongation
3) Percentage decrease in area
4) Ultimate stress
b) Draw SFD and BMD for the beam shown in fig 1. Also find point of
contra-flexure if any. [6]
OR
[5925]-578 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) A steel rod of 30 mm diameter is enclosed in a brass tube of 42 mm
external diameter and 32 mm internal diameter. Each is 360 mm long and
the assembly is rigidly held between two stops 360 mm apart. The
temperature of the assembly is then raised by 50ºC. Determine [6]
b) Fig 2 shows SFD. Draw loading diagram and BMD. Also find point of
contra flexure if any. [6]
b) Design hollow circular section beam whose inner diameter is 0.6 times
outer diameter shown in fig 4. If flexural stress in beam should not exceed
20 MPa. [6]
OR
[5925]-578 2
Q4) a) A steel section as shown. in Fig.5 is subjected to a shear force of 20 KN.
Determine the shear stress at key points and sketch the shear stress
distribution diagram. [6]
b) Compare the strain energy stored in the two bars of same material shown
in fig 6, if gradually applied load is same. Take E = 205 GPa. [6]
Q5) a) Design diameter of solid shaft for resisting torque of 2500 Nm. Also
design cross section of hollow shaft of same material, assuming internal
diameter as 0.7 times external diameter for same torque. Hence comment
on percentage saving in weight for same length. Assume allowable angle
of twist 2º for one metre length of shaft. Also calculate shear stress
developed in hollow shaft. Take G=80GPa [7]
b) A bar of length 3m when used as simply supported beam of 5KN/m over
whole span deflects 15 mm at centre. Determine safe load when it is
used as column with both ends fixed using Euler’s Formula. Take FS=3.
[6]
OR
Q6) a) A solid steel shaft is loaded as shown in Fig 7. Using G = 83 GPa,
determine the required diameter of the shaft if the shearing stress is limited
to 60 MPa and the angle of rotation at the free end is not to exceed 4
deg. [7]
[5925]-578 3
b) Find creeping load for hollow cylindrical steel column of 40 mm external
diameter and 2mm thick by using Rankine formulae. Length of column is
3m and hinged at both ends. Take E = 210 GPa. Take σc = 335 Mpa and
a = 1/7500. [6]
OR
Q8) a) If an element in plane stress is subjected to stresses σx = 70N/mm2 tensile,
σy = 35N/mm2 compressive, and τxy = 35N/mm2. Determine Principal
stresses, maximum shear stress and plane on which these act. [7]
b) The stresses induced at critical point in machine component made up of
steel are as follows [6]
σx = 80N/mm2 σy = 40N/mm2 and τxy = 60N/mm2
Calculate factor of safety by
i) Maximum Principal stress theory
ii) Maximum distortion energy theory Assume Syt = 280N/mm2.
[5925]-578 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2664 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-579
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (202061)
Q1) a) List types Surface defects? Explain Effect of surface defects? [5]
b) Define Atomic Packing factor? Find atomic packing factor for FCC
structure? [5]
c) Differentiate between Charpy Impact test and Izod Impact Test. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Define Corrosion. Explain with suitable diagram mechanism of corrosion. [5]
b) Explain with neat diagram Magnetic particle inspection? [5]
c) Define creep, fatigue and hardness. [3]
Q3) a) Draw Iron-Iron caribide equilibrium diagram and indicate various phases
and temperatures in to it. [8]
b) Suggest suitable type of plain carbon steel with composition for following
application [4]
i) Shaft
ii) Single point tool
iii) Wires
iv) Nut & Bolts
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw TTT Diagram with Temperature and time? Show CCT curve on it.[8]
b) Differentiate between Carburizing & Nitriding? [4]
[5925]-579 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
[5925]-580
S.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
(2015 Pattern) (202062) (Semester - I)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. Q1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, and electronic pocket calculator is
allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary
Q3) a) A 0.2 m diameter pipe carries liquid in laminar regime. A pitot tube placed
in the flow at a radial distance of 20 mm from the axis of the pipe indicates
velocity of 0.5m/s. Calculate: [6]
i) The maximum velocity
ii) The mean velocity, and
iii) The discharge in the pipe
P.T.O.
b) Derive an expression for force exerted on a series of flat plate at its
centre by a jet also find an expression for power. [6]
OR
b) What are minor losses? Under what circumstances will they be negligible?
[6]
Q5) a) A Kaplan turbine working under a head of 25 m develops 16000 kW
shaft power. The outer diameter of the runner is 4m and hub diameter is
2 m. The guide blade angle is 35°. The hydraulic and overall efficiency
are 90% and 85% respectively. If the velocity of whirl is zero at outlet,
determine runner vane angles at inlet and outlet, and speed of turbine.[7]
b) Explain classification of Hydraulic Turbine in details (any three) [6]
OR
Q6) a) Using Buckingham’s Theorem. show that the velocity through circular
orifice is given by: [7]
éD m ù
V = 2 gH f ê , ú
êë H rVH úû
[5925]-580 2
Q7 a) A centrifugal pump is to discharge 0.12 m3/s at a speed of l400rp.m
against a head of 30m. The diameter and width of the impeller at outlet
are 35 cm and 5 cm respectively. If the manometric efficiency is 75%.
determine the vane angle at outlet. [8]
b) Define the following terms [5]
i) Suction head ii) delivery head
iii) static head iv) virtual head
v) manometric head
OR
Q8) a) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are
300 mm and 600 mm respectively. The velocity of flow at outlet is 2.5
m/s and vanes are set back at an angle of 45° at outlet. Determine the
minimum starting speed of the pump if the manometric efficiency is 75%.
[6]
b) Explain working principle of centrifugal pump with figure. [7]
[5925]-580 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
Q1) a) Explain the different types of fluids using stress strain diagram. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the terms path line, stream line and streak line. [6]
Q3) a) Derive Euler’s equation for the flow along stream line and deduce the
Bernoulli’s equation for the same. [6]
P.T.O.
b) An oil of viscosity 0.1 Ns/m2 and relative density 0.9 is flowing through
a circular pipe of diameter 50 mm and of length 300 m. The rate of
flow of fluid through the pipe is 3.5.litres/s. Find the pressure drop in
a length of 300 m and also the shear stress at the pipe wall. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Derive an expression of shear stress and velocity distribution for laminar
flow through circular pipe. [6]
i) Froude’s Number
OR
T D5 N 2 2
D N
[5925]-581 2
Q7) a) For the following velocity profiles, determine whether the flow has
separated or on the verge of separation or will remain attached with the
surface : [6]
u 3 1
i) 3
U 2 2
u
ii) 2 2
U
u y
iii) 2 2 3 where
U
OR
b) What is drag and lift? Explain the different types of drag on an immersed
body. [4]
[5925]-581 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1395 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-582
S.E. (Mechanical/Auto Mobile)
ENGINEERING METALLURGY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (202049)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
[5925]-582 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate between plain carbon steel and Alloy steel with example &
applications? [4]
b) Define Red hardness? Write short note on Tool steel? [4]
c) Explain various heat affected zone with neat sketch? [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain properties changes and use of alloy steel with following alloying
elements phosphorous, Nikel, Silicon and chromium? [4]
b) Write short note on super alloys? (Composition, properties, types and
specific application) [4]
c) According to AISI designation system write composition of following
steels? [4]
i) 1050 ii) 2430 iii) 7070 iv) 4120?
[5925]-582 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1396 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[5925]-583
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile)
THEORY OF MACHINES - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (202048)
Q1) a) Define ‘Inversion’. Explain with the help of neat sketches any two
inversions of double slider crank chain. [5]
b) Find the degrees of freedom for the mechanism as shown in the following
figures [5]
OR
Q2) a) With the help of neat schematic diagram, derive frequency of bifilar
suspension system. [4]
b) The connecting rod having length equal to 800 mm between centers and
has mass equal to 5 Kg. Its C. G. is at 300 mm from big end and radius
of gyration about C. G. is 250 mm. Its angular acceleratiqn is 80
rad/sec2, anticlockwise. The connecting rod is replaced by two mass
system having 3 Kg and 2 Kg at distance of 400 mm and 100 mm from
C. G. respectively Check whether system is dynamic equivalent with
connecting rod. If not what should be done to make the system
dynamically equivalent keeping masses at the same position. [6]
[5925]-583 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) What do you mean by brakes and dynamometer? State the types of
brakes and Dynamometers. [6]
OR
b) Establish the relation between input and output speed of ‘single Hooke’s
joint in which the angle between the shaft is α°. [6]
Q5) a) Fig.2 shows a whitworth quick return motion mechanism. The various
dimensions are as follows:
OR
[5925]-583 2
Q6) a) In the mechanism, shown in fig. 3 the slider D is constrained to move on
a horizontal path. The crank CB is rotating at 180 rpm counter - clockwise.
Various dimensions are: CB = 240 mm, BD = 540 mm. Use relative
velocity method. [10]
For the given configuration find:
i) Velocity of slider D,
ii) Angular velocity of links CB and BD.
iii) Velocity of rubbing at B, Take pin diameter 30 mm.
Q7) a) The kinematic diagram of one of the cylinders of rotary engine is shown
in fig.4. The crank OA which is vertical and fixed is 50 mm long. The
length of the connecting rod is 125 mm. The line of the stroke OB is
inclined at 50° to the vertical. The cylinders are rotating at a uniform
speed of 300 rpm in a clockwise direction, about the fixed centre O.
Determine: [12]
Acceleration of piston inside the cylinder.
[5925]-583 3
b) Explain velocity Analysis using klien’s construction. [3]
OR
i) Velocity of piston
[5925]-583 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
OR
Q3) a) How induction swirl created compare it with compression swirl. [6]
OR
b) A single cylinder 4 stroke cycle oil engine works on Diesel engine. The
following readings were taken when engine was running at full load
condition. Area of indicator diagram = 3 cm2, Length of indicator
diagram = 4 cm, mean effective pressure = 7.5 bar, Engine speed = 400
P.T.O.
RPM, Load on brake = 380 N, Spring reading = 50 N, Diameter of
brake drum = 120 cm, Fuel consumption = 2.8 kg/hr, Calorific Value of
Fuel = 42,000 kJ/kg, Diameter of cylinder = 16 cm, Stroke of piston =
20 cm, From above data find : [6]
i) Friction Power
ii) Mechanical Efficiency
iii) Brake Thermal Efficiency
[5925]-584 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-2666 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-585
S.E. (Machanical/Automobile Engineering)
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (202041)
Determine :
i) Blank diameter
iii) Force and Energe for the first draw with 40% reduction
Q7) a) Explain with neat sketch steady rest and follower rest in lathe machine?[6]
OR
Q8) a) Calculate machining time for a work piece of 60mm diameter and 120mm
length turned in 2 passes if the approach length is 12 mm and over travel
is 5 mm Given cutting speed = 30 m/min and feed 0.3 mm/rev. [6]
[5925]-585 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
PA-1398 [5925]-586
[Total No. of Pages : 3
S.E. (Mechanical/Automobile)
MATERIAL SCIENCE
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (202044)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.No.1 or Q.No.2 Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw the neat sketch wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Draw Lattice planes for the following Millar indices, [4]
i) (2 2 1)
ii) (1 1 0)
b) Differentiate between BCC and FCC structure on the basis of following,
[4]
i) Atomic packing factor
ii) Average no of atoms per unit cell
iii) Relation between radius of atom and lattice parameter.
iv) Example of Material
c) What do you mean by the term “imperfections in crystal structure’?
Give one examples with neat sketch for point, line and planer defects.
[4]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between slip and twinning on the basis of following
parameters, [4]
i) sketch
ii) definition
iii) required stress to produce slip / twinning
iv) direction of the slip/twinning
b) Discuss the Dislocation theory of work hardening with neat sketch. [4]
c) Define “Volume density” of a metal. Calculate the X ray density of
aluminum. Given: Lattic constant: 4.049Å, atomic weight 26.98 gm/mole
and Avogadro’s number = 6.02×1023 atoms/mole. [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Identify the type of mechanical testing for the following (any five) [5]
i) Determination of strength, resilience, toughness etc. of material.
ii) Susceptibility of materials for brittle failures under the existence of
stress, temperature, strain rate etc.
iii) Failure of material at a stress level far below its ultimate tensile
strength when acted upon by frequent stress fluctuations.
iv) The slow and progressive deformation of a material with time under
a constant stress and high temperature.
v) Material inspection for detecting internal defects such as cracks,
porosity, and laminations in matallic and non metallic components
during or after production.
vi) Non Destructive Testing of many components at the same time.
b) Explain “Ultrasonic inspection method” with neat sketch, advantages
and disadvantages. [4]
c) Explain any four corrosion prevention and control methods. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the reason for the following types of corrosion, (any five) [5]
i) Pitting corrosion
ii) Stress corrosion
iii) Cavitation corrosion
iv) Intergranular corrosion
v) Crevice corrosion
vi) Galvanic corrosion
vii) Caustic embrittlement
b) What do you mean by the term “Fatigue in material”? List out various
methods to increasing the fatigue life? [4]
c) What are the various points should be consider before selecting the
matrials for a particular service environment. [4]
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch, advantages and disadvantages the Ion
Implantation method of surface modification. [5]
b) Describe the following terms with neat sketches (any two). [4]
i) Shot Blasting
ii) Plasma nitriding
iii) Anodizing
c) Explain with neat, sketch the process of electroplating? List out the
various factors which affect the electroplating. [4]
OR
[5925]-586 2
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch, advantags and disadvantages the Ion vapor
deposition method of surface modification. [5]
b) Draw self explanatory figure of Physical vapor deposition and chemical
vapor deposition of method of surface modification. [4]
c) List out any four coatings defects with its probable causes. [4]
Q7) a) Define the term ‘powder metallurgy and explain basic steps and
applications. [4]
b) Explain any two powder manufacturing processes for following types,
[4]
i) Mechanical processes
ii) Chemical processes.
c) Explain manufacturing of ‘cemented carbide’ with neat flow chart? [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the types of methods for measurement of powder size and
distribution in powder metallurgy. [4]
b) What are the various compacting or pressing properties of powder in
powder metallurgy? [4]
c) What is a ‘self lubricated bearing’? Explan the roll of powder metallurgy
for manufacturing of ‘Self lubricated bearings? [4]
[5925]-586 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-10694 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-601
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
MICROPROCESSOR AND INTERFACING TECHNIQUES
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - IV) (210248)
Q1) a) Draw and explain functional block diagram of the 8086 microprocessor.[6]
OR
b) Explain the following assembler directives with one example each: [6]
i) PUBLIC
ii) EXTRN
iii) LABEL
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and explain the read write cycle timing diagram of 8086 in maximum
mode. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the status and control word of 8087 NDP. [7]
OR
[5925]-601 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
PA-10709 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5925]-602
S.E. (Computer Engineering)
OPERATING SYSTEM AND ADMINISTRATION
(2012 Pattern) (Semester - III) (210244)
Time : 2 Hours] [Max. Marks : 50
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
OR
Q2) a) What is Shell? Explain any 5 Commands? [6]
b) Draw and Explain 4 State Process Diagram. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define User Mode and Kernel Mode. Give difference between Them.[7]
b) Explain Runaway processes sudo command and su command with
Example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate between program and process. Explain with neat diagram
contents of a UNIX process image. [7]
b) What do you mean by nice and renice value? What is dynamic monitoring
with top? [6]
Q7) a) What are the different steps of the disk partitioning? What are the
advantages and disadvantages of the multiple partitions? [7]
b) Give the entries of / etc / shadow and / etc / group file. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Process of mounting and unmounting a USB drive. [7]
b) Explain the Modern access control with traditional unix access control.[6]
[5925]-602 2